U.S. Department of Labor

Occupational Safety and Health Administration

OSHA 2268

1998 (Revised)

Shipyard Industry
The informational booklet is intended to

provide a generic, nonexhaustive

overview of a particular standards-related

topic. This publication does not itself

alter or determine compliance responsibilities, which are set forth in OSHA

standards themselves, and the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Moreover,

because interpretations and enforcement

policy may change over time, for

additional guidance on OSHA compliance requirements, the reader should

consult current administrative interpretations and decisions by the Occupational

Safety and Health Review Commission

and the courts.

Material contained in this publication is

in the public domain and may be reproduced, fully or partially, without the

permission of the Federal Government.

Source credit is requested but not

required.

This information will be made available

to sensory impaired individuals upon

request. Voice Phone: (202) 219-8615;

Telecommunications Device for the Deaf

(TDD) message referral phone:

1-800-326-2577.
Shipyard Industry

U.S. Department of Labor

Alexis M. Herman, Secretary

Occupational Safety and Health Administration

Charles N. Jeffress, Assistant Secretary

OSHA 2268

1998 (Revised)

Table of Contents

Foreword .................................................................... x

Guidelines for workplace Safety and Health

Programs in the Shipyard Industry ......................... 1

Basic elements ............................................................. 1

Management commitment .......................................... 2

Employee participation ............................................... 3

Large shipyard ............................................................ 4

Medium shipyard/large boatyard ................................. 4

Small shipyard or boatyard .......................................... 5

Hazard identification, assessment, and control ........... 5

Accident and incident investigation ........................... 8

Training ....................................................................... 9

Program evaluation .................................................... 10

Procedures for multi-employer workplaces............... 11

Recordkeeping .......................................................... 12

Subpart A—General Provisions

1915.1 Purpose and authority ............................. 14

1915.2 Scope and application ............................ 14

1915.3 Responsibility ......................................... 14

1915.4 Definitions .............................................. 15

1915.5 Reference specifications, standards

and codes ........................................... 17

1915.6 Commercial diving operations ............... 18

1915.7 Competent person................................... 18

Subpart B—Confined and Enclosed Spaces and Other

Dangerous Atmospheres

1915.11 Scope and application of subpart ........... 20

1915.12 Precautions before entering .................... 24

1915.13 Cleaning and other cold work ................ 29

1915.14 Hot Work ................................................ 31

1915.15 Maintenance of safe conditions .............. 33

1915.16 Warning signs and labels ........................ 34

Subpart C—Surface Preparation and Preservation

1915.31 Scope and application of subpart ........... 34

1915.32 Toxic cleaning solvents .......................... 34

1915.33 Chemical paint and preservative

removers ............................................ 35

1915.34 Mechanical paint removers .................... 36

1915.35 Painting .................................................. 38

1915.36 Flammable liquids .................................. 40

Subpart D—Welding, Cutting and Heating

1915.51 Ventilation and protection in welding,

cutting and heating ............................ 41

1915.52 Fire prevention ....................................... 44
1915.53 Welding, cutting and heating in way of

preservative coatings ......................... 46

1915.54 Welding, cutting and heating of hollow

metal containers and structures not

covered by § 1915.12 ........................ 48

1915.55 Gas welding and cutting ......................... 48

1915.56 Arc welding and cutting ......................... 52

1915.57 Uses of fissionable material in ship

repairing and shipbuilding ................. 54

Subpart E—Scaffolds, Ladders and Other Working

Surfaces

1915.71 Scaffolds or staging ................................ 55

1915.72 Ladders ................................................... 64

1915.73 Guarding of deck openings and edges ... 67

1915.74 Access to vessels .................................... 67

1915.75 Access to and guarding of dry docks

and marine railways ........................... 70

1915.76 Access to cargo spaces and confined

spaces ................................................. 71

1915.77 Working surfaces .................................... 72

Subpart F—General Working Conditions

1915.91 Housekeeping ......................................... 72

1915.92 Illumination ............................................ 73

1915.93 Utilities ................................................... 74

1915.94 Work in confined or isolated spaces ....... 75

1915.95 Work on or in the vicinity of radar and

 radio................................................... 75

1915.96 Work in or on lifeboats ........................... 76

1915.97 Health and sanitation ............................... 76

1915.98 First-aid.................................................... 77

1915.100 Retention of DOT markings, placards,

 And labels .......................................... 78

Subpart G—Gear and Equipment for Rigging and

Materials Handling

1915.111 Inspection ............................................... 78

1915.112 Ropes, chains, and slings ....................... 79

1915.113 Shackles and hooks ................................ 80

1915.114 Chain falls and pull lifts ......................... 81

1915.115 Hoisting and hauling equipment ............ 82

1915.116 Use of gear ............................................. 82

1915.117 Qualifications of operators ..................... 84

1915.118 Tables ..................................................... 84

Subpart H—Tools and Related Equipment

1915.131 General precautions ................................ 96

1915.132 Portable electric tools ............................. 97

1915.133 Hand tools .............................................. 97

1915.134 Abrasive wheels ..................................... 98

1915.135 Powder actuated fastening tools ............. 99
1915.136 Internal combustion engines other than

 ship’s equipment.............................. 101

Subpart I—Personal Protective Equipment

1915.151 Scope, application, and definitions ...... 102

1915.152 General requirements ........................... 104

1915.153 Eye and face protection ........................ 106

1915.154 Respiratory protection .......................... 108

1915.155 Head protection .................................... 108

1915.156 Foot protection ..................................... 109

1915.157 Hand and body protection .................... 110

1915.158 Lifesaving equipment ........................... 110

1915.159 Personal fall arrest systems (PFAS)........ 111

1915.160 Positioning device systems ..................... 115

APPENDIX A TO SUBPART I—NON-MANDATORY

 GUIDELINES FOR HAZARD ASSESSMENT,

 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

 SELECTION, AND PPE TRAINING

 PROGRAM ...................................................... 116

APPENDIX B TO SUBPART I—GENERAL TESTING

 CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL GUIDELINES

 FOR PERSONAL FALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS

 (NON-MANDATORY) .................................... 116

Subpart J—Ships’ Machinery and Piping Systems

1915.161 Scope and application of subpart ......... 117

1915.162 Ships’ boilers ........................................ 117

1915.163 Ships’ piping systems ........................... 117

1915.164 Ships’ propulsion machinery ................ 118

1915.165 Ships’ deck machinery ......................... 119

Subpart K—Portable, Unfired Pressure Vessels, Drums

and Containers, Other Than Ship’s Equipment

1915.171 Scope and application of subpart ......... 119

1915.172 Portable air receivers and other unfired

 pressure vessels ............................... 119

1915.173 Drums and containers ........................... 120

Subpart L—Electrical Machinery

1915.181 Electrical circuits and distribution boards 120

Subpart Z—Toxic and Hazardous Substances

1915.1000 Air contaminants .................................. 121

1915.1001 Abestos ................................................. 138

1915.1002 Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpretation

 of term ............................................. 189

1915.1003 13 carcinogens (4-nitrobiphenyl, etc.) . 189

1915.1004 alpha-Naphthylamine ........................... 189

1915.1006 Methyl chloromethyl ether ................... 189

1915.1007 3,3' Dichlorobenzidene (and its salts) .. 190
1915.1008 bis-Chloromethyl ether......................... 190

1915.1009 beta-Naphthylamine ............................. 190

1015.1010 Benzidine.............................................. 190

1915.1011 4-Aminodiphenyl ................................. 190

1915.1012 Ethyleneimine ...................................... 190

1915.1013 beta-Propiolactone................................ 190

1915.1014 2-Acetylaminofluorene ........................ 190

1915.1015 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene ............... 191

1915.1016 N-Nitrosodimethylamine..................... 191

1915.1017 Vinyl chloride ....................................... 191

1915.1018 Inorganic arsenic .................................. 191

1915.1020 Access to employee exposure and medical

records ............................................. 191

1915.1025 Lead ...................................................... 191

1915.1027 Cadmium .............................................. 191

1915.1028 Benzene ................................................ 191

1915.1030 Bloodborne pathogens .......................... 192

1015.1044 1,2 dibromo 3 chloropropane ............... 192

1915.1045 Acrylonitrile ......................................... 192

1915.1047 Etheylene oxide .................................... 192

1915.1048 Formaldehyde ....................................... 192

1915.1050 Methylenedianiline ............................... 192

1915.1052 Methylene chloride............................... 192

1915.1200 Hazard communication ........................ 192

1915.1450 Occupational exposure to hazardous

 chemicals in laboratories ................ 192

Other Sources of OSHA Assistance

Safety and Health Program Management

 Guidelines .............................................................. 193

State Programs ......................................................... 193

Free Onsite Consultation ......................................... 194

Voluntary Protection Programs ................................ 194

Training and Education ........................................... 194

Electronic Information............................................. 195

Emergencies............................................................. 195

States with Approved Plans .................................. 196

OSHA Consultation Project Directory ................ 201

OSHA Area Offices................................................ 203

OSHA Regional Offices......................................... 205

Authority: Sec. 41, 44 Stat. 1444; sec 1, 72 Stat. 835; 33

U.S.C. 941; secs. 6 and 8, 84 Stat 1593, 1599, 1600; 29

U.S.C. 655, 657.
Foreword

This booklet contains all the safety and health standards

specific to the Shipyard Industry contained in Title 29 Code

of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 1915, as of July 1,

1994. Also included are brief discussions on the following:

1. The importance of regular employee training to establish

and reinforce employee awareness in the areas of job safety

and health.

2. The elements of a safety and health program that can be

used by employers to develop effective programs at their

worksites.

A brief description of the OSHA onsite consultation

program available to employers is also included at the end

of this publication.

Hazards not covered by Shipyard Industry standards may

be covered by General Industry standards contained in 29

CFR Part 1910 (OSHA Subscription Service, Volume 1).

Where a hazard is covered by both the Shipyard Industry

standards and the General Industry standards, only the

Shipyard Industry standard will be cited by OSHA

inspectors (described in more detail in 29 CFR 1910.5).

In addition, OSHA regulations regarding general agency

practices and procedures are applicable to shipyard

employment. Particular attention is directed to the

provisions of 29 CFR Part 1904, Recording and Reporting

Occupational Injuries and Illnesses.

There are no geographical limitations to the maritime

jurisdiction on shore other than the limitations of the

Occupational Safety and Health Act itself. Employees of

employers performing maritime activities on the shore,

pier, terminal, yard, shipyard, machine shop, riverbank,

etc., as well as on the vessels afloat or in drydocks or

graving docks, are now covered by the Shipyard standards.

States administering their own occupational safety and

health program through plans approved under Section 18(b)

of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 must

adopt standards and enforce requirements that are at least

as effective as Federal requirements. There are currently 25

States and territories with approved State plans: 23 covering private and public sectors and 2 covering State and

local government employees only (see list of States at the

end of this booklet).

x
xi

Maritime Coverage Under State Plans

Most states with federally approved safety and health plans

have chosen not to extend their coverage to maritime

employment. In those jurisdictions, only state and local

government maritime workers are covered. Federal OSHA

retains responsibility for all other maritime coverage. A

few state plans—California, Minnesota, Oregon, Vermont,

and Washington—include some coverage for private sector

onshore maritime workers. For a more detailed summary

of maritime coverage under particular state plans, see also

Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1952. These

regulations and other OSHA information are also available

online at www.osha.gov.
1

Guidelines for Workplace Safety and Health

Programs in the Shipyard Industry

Data and studies show that effective management of

workplace safety and health can substantially reduce

worker deaths, injuries, and illnesses and the costs associated with them. In response, many states have regulations

and guidelines on workplace safety and health programs

(SHPS). Occupational safety and health organizations and

professionals as well as insurance companies also have

programs. These programs are called accident prevention

programs, injury and illness and prevention programs, and

total quality management programs.

This section contains guidelines for establishing an

effective program for managing workplace safety and

health in the shipyard industry. The Maritime Advisory

Committee for Occupational Safety and Health

(MACOSH) for both shipyards (SIC 3731) and boatyards

(SIC 3732) developed the guidelines. According to

MACOSH, all workplaces in the shipyard industry should

have a safety and health program regardless of whether the

workplace is large or small or whether the hazards are

many or few.

These guidelines for establishing an effective program for

managing workplace safety and health apply to shipyards

and boatyards.

Basic Elements

The following basic elements are essential for an effective

workplace safety and health program:

• Management Commitment and Leadership

• Employee Participation

• Hazard Identification, Assessment and Control

• Accident and Incident Investigation

• Training

• Program Evaluation

• Recordkeeping

• Procedures for Multi-Employer Workplaces

A review of SHPs that have been shown to be effective in

reducing workplace injuries and illnesses indicates that the

basic elements listed are present in some form. The

elements are flexible and performance-based so that they

can be adapted to the workplace size, conditions, and the

nature of the hazards present. Each element is discussed

below.
2

Management Commitment

The employer needs to demonstrate commitment to the

workplace safety and health program. There are basic ways

in which the employer can show commitment:

• Establish a workplace policy on safety and health,

• Define the responsibilities of supervisory and

nonsupervisory employees for managing safety and

health at the workplace, and

• Provide appropriate authority and adequate resources to

develop and carry out the program.

Management commitment and leadership are widely

accepted as preconditions for an effective SHP. An

effective SHP is driven from the highest levels of the

organization through to front line employees. Such

leadership provides the motivating force and sets the tone

for the entire program. Only management can assert and

continually reaffirm that worker protection is a fundamental

value of the organization, on par with other organizational

functions such as production. Likewise, only management

can assure that the SHP program is integrated into the

management structure and fabric of the company. And only

management can assure that organizational resources are

properly directed to activities that support the SHP.

To demonstrate management commitment, the employer

should clearly state a workplace policy on the prevention

and control of workplace hazards. Typically, such policies

set forth the employer’s goals for the SHP, pledge to give

the SHP priority with other business goals and activities

and establish expectations of managers, supervisors,

employees and other persons in working toward the goals

of the program.

Some specific ways in which management leadership and

commitment to the SHP can be demonstrated are listed

below. In small workplaces, employers may carry out these

program responsibilities themselves instead of delegating

them to other persons in the workplace.

• Endorsement of the SHP and workplace policy at the

very highest levels of management,

• Clear assignment of responsibilities for the SHP,

• Provision of authority and adequate monetary and nonmonetary resources to develop, implement and maintain

the SHP. Resources include training, equipment and

release time to perform their safety and health duties,
3

• Establishing accountability for safety and health. For

example, effective management of workplace safety and

health can be made part of job performance reviews,

• Regular communication with employees (supervisory,

non-supervisory, contract and temporary) about the SHP

and workplace safety and health issues. Forms of

communication include individual discussions with

employees, posted information, distribution of written

materials, and “tool box” meetings, and

• Prompt responses to employee reports and

recommendations about safety and health.

Employee Participation

The employer needs to provide opportunities for employees to participate in establishing, implementing, and

evaluating the SHP. To be effective an SHP needs the

involvement of all persons in the shipyard — managers,

ship superintendents, foremen, crane operators, shipfitters,

welders, engineers, maintenance, procurement, health care,

and human resource personnel. Employee participation

from throughout the workplace is important because often

the successful identification, prevention and control of

hazards requires a response that cuts across organizational

units within a business. Employees should be encouraged

to participate in all aspects of the SHP, from developing

and planning to implementing and evaluating the program.

One of the fundamental aspects of employee participation

is establishing a way for employees to make reports.

Employees need to feel free to and be encouraged to report

work-related injuries, illnesses and hazards as well as make

recommendations about appropriate ways to address

hazards. Prompt responses to such reports is an essential

way employers can show that employee input is desired.

There are many different forms that employee participation

can take. Employee participation can be individual and

direct such as employee interviews or surveys. At small

workplaces, for example, employee involvement may be

accomplished by the employer talking to workers during

the course of a workplace walkthrough. Other methods of

achieving this goal, particularly in small and medium-sized

workplaces, include establishing safety stewards, holding

frequent safety meetings, and using an employee

suggestion system.

In larger businesses, joint labor-management safety and

health committees are a commonly-used method with

employee representatives selected by the union or elected

by employees. The size and make-up of the committee is

likely to vary depending on the size of the workplace and

the nature of the operations and hazards present.
For example, at many unionized workplaces, employee

safety committees work independent of management on

various tasks. At other unionized workplaces,

nonsupervisory employees participate with management on

a central workplace safety and health committee. In

addition, at some workplaces employee or joint committees

are used for specific purposes, such as inspecting the

workplace for hazards, investigating accidents and

incidents, and training employees.

Whether the workplace is unionized or not, successful

employee participation relies on two things: knowledge

and respect. Persons who participate in the program or

have workplace safety and health responsibilities need

training so they are able to carry out their responsibilities

successfully. With regard to respect, at unionized workplaces, it is respect between representatives of organizations. At non-union workplaces, it is respect among

individuals.

Large Shipyard

Typically, large shipyards are unionized and tend to use a

joint labor-management committee. Management and labor

are equally represented on the committee. Usually, the

position of committee chair alternates between employee

and management representatives. The powers and functions

of the committee are established through negotiation.

Although the tasks of the committee depend upon the

outcome of these negotiations, these committees typically:

• Review and analyze injury and illness records,

• Conduct periodic workplace inspections,

• Conduct job safety/hazard analyses,

• Conduct accident and incident investigations,

• Respond to reports of workplace safety and health

problems,

• Develop safe work procedures,

• Evaluate safety and health training activities, and

• Evaluate safety and health programs, including the

activities and materials.

Medium Shipyard/Large Boatyard

Employee involvement at non-unionized workplaces is

likely to be achieved differently from unionized workplaces. In these workplaces employee participation may be

less formal than the committee structure. For example,

employers may gather employee input through surveys, self

audits of jobs, employee meetings, and a reporting and

response system. To achieve effective participation in these

workplaces, the employer will need to assure that their

4
participation is desired and will be taken seriously. This

includes a strong workplace policy that protects employees

from discrimination or retaliation when they get involved in

safety and health activities. Employees can participate

usefully in all facets of the SHP, including:

• Conducting workplace inspections,

• Conducting job analyses,

• Conducting accident investigations, and

• Training fellow workers.

Small Shipyard or Boatyard

In situations where the workforce is small (10 employees or

less), at an isolated location (e.g., sea trials), or shipyard

tasks are performed only periodically (e.g., “topside”

repairs on a ship being unloaded at a marine terminal),

employee involvement may be less formal. For example,

employers may get employee input through direct communication about workplace safety and health concerns. “Tool

box” and instructional meetings between employees and

crew leaders is another way employers can get input from

employees. Employee suggestion boxes are yet another

way to get employee input. Even though the SHP may be

more informal in small workplaces, employers still need to

take steps to assure that employees are not inhibited from

raising safety and health concerns.

Hazard Identification, Assessment, and Control

The employer’s SHP needs to be effective in identifying,

assessing, and controlling serious workplace hazards to

which employees are reasonably likely to be exposed.

To identify such workplace hazards, the employer should

periodically:

• Physically inspect the workplace,

• Review available safety and health information, and

• Evaluate the seriousness of identified hazards that are not

covered by OSHA standards.

Once serious workplace hazards are identified and assessed, the employer needs to assure that they are controlled. The process of controlling hazards should include:

• Timely abatement of unsafe or unhealthy conditions,

• Interim worker protections where hazards cannot be

abated immediately, and

• Monitoring progress toward complete abatement.

5
The core function of any workplace SHP is to “find and

fix” hazards that endanger employees, and to implement

systems that prevent hazards from recurring or being

introduced into the workplace. This element of worker

protection programs thus has the most immediate and direct

effect on injury and illness prevention.

The hazard assessment and control process should address

at least “serious hazards,” workplace hazards that are

causing or likely to cause death or serious physical harm to

employees. This includes hazards covered by OSHA

standards. This also includes all chemical, physical,

biological, and ergonomic hazards not covered by OSHA

standards that are causing or likely to cause death or serious

physical injury or impairment.

Hazard assessment and control needs to be a “systematic

process.” A systematic process is one where the employer

has established activities, procedures or practices to

implement or support the basic element. In addition, it

means that the program activities are both ongoing and

conducted on some routine basis which is appropriate to the

particular workplace or the conditions and hazards present.

There are many procedures employers can use to identify

and evaluate serious workplace hazards. These include:

• Reviewing records of injuries and illnesses. A review of

OSHA 200 logs can help employers learn what has

caused problems in the past and how they can be avoided

in the future. Small employers who are not required to

keep OSHA 200 logs, should review worker

compensation claims.

• Review other safety and health information. In addition

to injury and illness records, the employer may have

other information that indicates hazards may be present

in the workplace. Such information may include reports

from the employer’s insurance company, “safety alerts”

distributed by trade associations and other organizations

of which the employer is a member, accident investigations, infirmary logs, and employee safety and health

complaints.

• Conducting workplace walk-arounds. Looking at the

workplace and recording conditions and actions that

appear to be hazardous is another useful way to identify

hazards. The walk-around should be from one end of the

workplace to the other. In addition, following a process

from its beginning to end can help an employer identify

problems and conditions that warrant closer examination.

6
• Using checklists to inspect the workplace. Checklists can

be developed based upon common hazards that have

occurred or are known to be present in particular operations or processes. Employers also can use checklists

developed by their insurance company or trade

associations in which they are members.

• Performing job (or hazard) analyses. This process of

breaking a job down into its component steps or work

tasks, can help the employer pinpoint what factors may

be contributing to the problem. By identifying hazards

associated with specific tasks, the employer may be more

successful in finding ways to eliminate or control the

hazards.

• Investigating accidents. These investigations can reveal

the chain of events or unsafe acts or conditions that led

up to the accident.

The assessment and control of hazards are interrelated.

Often the assessment process itself will reveal obvious

workplace corrections that are needed. Once serious

hazards have been identified and analyzed, the employer

needs to control them. In workplaces where the hazard

assessment indicates quite a few serious hazards are present

or may take time to abate, the employer may need to

prioritize their control. (Hazards that are the most serious

or have already resulted in death, injury or illness should be

addressed first.) In such cases, employers need to set

timetables for abatement and carefully track their progress

in meeting those goals. Employees should be allowed and

encouraged to participate in this process.

The best way to control hazards is in the design phase

where the employer can make changes that will prevent the

hazard from ever being brought into the workplace. As

such, the SHP should emphasize “proactive” safety and

health. Engineers, maintenance and procurement personnel

should be encouraged to work together and with suppliers

and manufacturers to anticipate and solve problems at the

earliest stages. Smaller businesses should be encouraged to

use the resources of trade associations to find new equipment, materials, and processes that will not expose

employees to serious hazards.

Where serious hazards are present in the workplace, the

employer needs to implement feasible controls to eliminate

and or reduce the workplace hazards. In controlling

hazards, employers should follow the established hierarchy

of controls. The hierarchy of controls is a widely-accepted,

tiered intervention strategy for controlling workplace

7
hazards. The three tiers, in order of preferred control

methods, are:

• Engineering and work practice controls. Engineering

controls are physical changes to jobs that control

exposure to hazards. They include changes to or

redesign of workstations, equipment, materials, and

processes. Work practices are safe work methods and

correct operation of equipment.

• Administrative controls. Administrative controls are

procedures and methods that significantly reduce daily

exposure to hazards by altering the way in which work is

performed. Administrative controls include job rotation,

alternative tasks, redesign of work methods, and rest

breaks.

• Personal protective equipment. PPE are devices worn or

used while working to protect the employee from

exposure to workplace hazards. PPE includes respirators, safety glasses or goggles, hearing protectors, gloves,

and steel-tipped safety shoes.

Accident and Incident Investigation

The employer should promptly investigate workplace

fatalities, injuries, illnesses, and potentially hazardous

incidents (“near misses”). The Hazard Assessment and

Control component of the SHP is primarily a proactive

measure; that is, aggressive implementation of this element

may mean that the employer is able to identify and control

all workplace hazards before any employee has been

injured or become ill. At the same time employers should

investigate incidents in which an employee is injured,

becomes ill, or narrowly escapes death or serious injury.

(These incidents are often called “near misses.”) Although

such investigations are reactive ways to improve workplace

safety and health, they are important enough to be considered a basic element of a SHP. This is especially true for

smaller workplaces where there may not be significant

injury and illness trend data to review. Investigations are

warranted for serious incidents; that is, whenever an

accident or incident has resulted in death or serious

physical harm or created a substantial risk of such

occurrence.

A careful and thorough analysis will identify conditions and

actions that contributed to or led up to the incident. Once

the causal factors are revealed, the employer can make the

necessary corrections to prevent recurrence.The most

successful investigations involve various persons in the

8
organizational structure. In smaller workplaces, supervisors and employees working in the job in question can

provide valuable insight. In larger workplaces, safety and

health specialists, specially trained employees and supervisors, members of safety and health committees, engineers,

and maintenance are examples of persons who should be

involved in evaluating accidents and “near misses.”

Regardless of the size of the workplace, the guiding

principle is that investigations should be promptly performed and the findings should be accompanied by

appropriate corrections and program changes in order to

prevent a further occurrence.

Training

 The employer needs to ensure that each employee who is

exposed to a serious hazard is provided with effective

training. In addition, the employer needs to ensure that all

employees, both supervisory and nonsupervisory, who are

responsible for the SHP are provided with training so they

are able to carry out their responsibilities.

Employees who are exposed to serious hazards must be

trained so that they are able to assist in protecting themselves and other employees. While many OSHA standards

do set forth training requirements, it is important that

employees who are exposed to serious hazards for which

there are no standards or no training requirements are

provided with training. This is not to suggest that a SHP

should duplicate or substitute for current OSHA training

requirements. Rather that SHP training is meant to

generally educate employees about workplace hazard

awareness and prevention.

Effective training is not “one size fits all.” The ways and

mechanisms employers use to provide training are likely to

vary significantly depending on factors such as workplace

size, the type of operations being performed, and the nature

of the workplace hazards. Therefore, it’s not feasible that

general SHP guidelines should or could specify the number

of hours, frequency or format training should take. In fact,

elaborate or formal training programs solely related to

safety and health may not always be required. Some

employers may develop and provide their own training

while other employers may rely on contractors or organizations to train their employees. Some employers may utilize

formal classroom training every year while other employees rely on regular “tool box” meetings for safety and

health information. Some employers may provide specific

safety and health training while other employers integrate

safety and health issues into other employee training

9
sessions. A key to effective training is integrating safety

and health issues into all organizational activities. Safety

and health training is often most effective when incorporated into other training such as training on job

performance requirements and job practices.

While training needs to be appropriate to the safety and

health conditions of the workplace, there are fundamental

topics that safety and health training should cover:

• The nature of the hazards to which the employee is

exposed and how to recognize them,

• What the employer is doing to control these hazards,

• Protective measures that the employee needs to follow to

prevent or minimize exposure to these hazards,

• Procedures to be followed in an emergency,

• The employer’s safety and health program, and

• The employee’s role in that program, including

opportunities to participate in it.

For training to be effective it needs to be provided in a

manner that employees are able to understand. This means

that the employer, in developing and providing training,

needs to consider the educational levels, literacy and

language skills of the employees. Training should also

provide employees with an opportunity to ask questions

and receive answers about safety and health issues.

Once an employer has established a SHP, employees should

be trained. However, effective SHPs do not stop with

initial training of current employees and as new employees

are hired. Rather, SHPs should include continuing education on both a routine and as-needed basis. Also, training

and training materials should be evaluated to ensure that

they are effective in providing employees with information

necessary to protect them from injury and illness.

In addition to general awareness training, it is important

that both supervisory and non-supervisory employees who

are responsible for the SHP receive sufficient training to

enable them to carry out their program responsibilities.

Such training should at least cover hazard identification

methods, job analysis methods, control implementation and

evaluation, and problem solving.

Program Evaluation

The employer needs to evaluate the SHP to ensure that it is

effective in identifying and controlling serious hazards, and

appropriate for workplace conditions. Where significant

deficiencies are found, the program should be corrected or

updated in a timely manner.

10
Every SHP needs to be evaluated periodically in order to

ensure that it is effective in preventing and reducing

workplace injuries and illnesses. While it is possible that

the evaluation process is likely to differ among employers,

the evaluation should demonstrate that specific

consideration is given to the following:

• Assessing the need and appropriateness of existing goals

and objectives; and

• Identifying areas where the program needs to be adjusted.

There are many different measures that employers can use

to document program effectiveness. Some examples of

commonly-used measures include:

• Analysis of injury and illness statistics. This could

include analysis of company as well as industry-wide

statistics on number of cases, incidence rates, and lostworkdays,

• Review of company safety committee reports and

recommendations. This could include a review of the

number of reports and response time,

• Analysis of insurance and workers’ compensation data.

This could include analysis of the number of

claims, costs per claim, total medical costs, worker

compensation experience modifiers, and insurance

premiums,

• Analysis of productivity. This could include a review of

total production outputs and reject rates.

Maintaining an effective SHP is an ongoing process.

Therefore, the employer needs to evaluate the program

periodically. The frequency of program evaluation is likely

to vary based on factors such as workplace size and

conditions. However, employers should at least evaluate

the program shortly after controls are implemented and

thereafter at some regular interval that is appropriate to the

workplace. For many employers, program evaluation is

normally conducted on an annual basis that is consistent

with other aspects of the employer’s overall management or

fiscal plan. Where the evaluation reveals significant

deficiencies or indicates improvements in worker safety

and health are not occurring, it is important that the

employer make necessary changes in the program to correct

or update the problems.

Procedures for Multi-Employer Workplaces

At multi-employer workplaces, host and contract employers should exchange available information on workplace

hazards, safety rules, and emergency procedures with any

11
12

other employer whose employees also may be exposed to

those hazards. This exchange of information should

address the reasonable allocation of workplace safety and

health responsibilities among the employers.

Host employers (e.g., general contractors) should inform

the contract employers (e.g., subcontractors) of any known

safety and health hazards to which the contract employees

may be exposed prior to starting any work. The host

employer also should inform contract employers of

applicable provisions of the host employer’s SHP.

Contract employers should ensure that host employers are

aware of hazards presented by contract work and how

contract employers are addressing them. Contract employers also should instruct their employees about the hazards

to which they may be exposed at the multi-employer

workplace and the host employer’s program for addressing

those hazards.

In an increasing number of maritime workplaces, there are

multiple employers. The presence of multiple employers

introduces additional problems and complexities in the

communication and coordination of worker safety and

health. There needs to be two-way communication between

host and contract employers as well as reasonable allocation of workplace safety and health responsibilities among

these employers that takes account of this added complexity. Generally, the host employer is in the best position to

ensure that communication and coordination of workplace

safety and health is taking place. This is because the host

employer often controls the means and methods of work.

However, contract employers also have a role in workplace

safety and health. Contract employers may also introduce

hazards into the workplace that could endanger host

employees. Also, contract employers may discover

previously unidentified hazards. In such cases, it is

important that the contract employer advise the host

employer so no person at the workplace, regardless of

which employer they work for, gets injured or becomes ill.

Recordkeeping

The employer should maintain records in order to be able to

demonstrate the effectiveness of the SHP. Employers need

to maintain enough records that will allow them to know

what hazards need to be controlled and to evaluate the

effectiveness of the SHP in reducing deaths, injuries and

illnesses. For example, reviewing workplace injury

experience over a period of time may reveal patterns of

injury with common causes which can be addressed.
13

Using baseline data and yearly updates will also allow the

employer to evaluate whether the program has been

successful in addressing workplace hazards. Various factors

determine what records an employer needs to maintain.

More specifically, recordkeeping may be very informal or

unnecessary for smaller workplaces or workplaces where

very few hazards are present. For example, in a small

workplace the employer’s notes from a workplace “walkaround” may be the extent of the program records. On the

other hand, larger workplaces or workplaces with safety

and health committees may maintain detailed records on

various aspects of the program such as inspection and

accident investigation records and reports, job checklist and

employee survey results, and even committee meetings.

Examples of some records that employers typically

maintain on workplace safety and health include:

• First reports of injury,

• OSHA 200 logs,

• Safety and health committee reports,

• Accident and “near miss” investigations, and

• Job/hazard analyses.
14

Subpart A—General Provisions

§1915.1—Purpose and Authority

The provisions in this part constitute safety and health

regulations issued by the Secretary pursuant to section 41

of the Longshoremen’s and Harbor Workers’ Compensation

Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 941) and occupational safety

and health standards issued by the Secretary pursuant to

section 6 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of

1970 (29 U.S.C. 655).

§1915.2—Scope and Application

(a) Except where otherwise provided, the provisions of this

part shall apply to all ship repairing, shipbuilding and

shipbreaking employment and related employment.

(b) This part does not apply to matters under the control of

the United States Coast Guard within the scope of Title 52

of the Revised Statutes and acts supplementary or amendatory thereto (46 U.S.C. secs. 1-1388 passim) including, but

not restricted to, the master, ship’s officer, crew members,

design, construction and maintenance of the vessel, its gear

and equipment; to matters within the regulatory authority of

the United States Coast Guard to safeguard vessels,

harbors, ports and waterfront facilities under the provisions

of the Espionage Act of June 17 1917, as amended (50

U.S.C. 191 et seq.; 22 U.S.C. 401 et seq.); including the

provisions of Executive Order 10173, as amended by

Executive Orders 10277 and 10352 (3 CFR, 1949-1953

Comp., pp. 356, 778 and 873); or to matters within the

regulatory authority of the United States Coast Guard with

respect to lights, warning devices, safety equipment and

other matters relating to the promotion of safety of lives

and property under section 4(e) of the Outer Continental

Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1333).

§1915.3—Responsibility

(a) The responsibility for compliance with the regulations

of this part is placed upon “employers” as defined in

§ 1915.4

(b) This part does not apply to owners, operators, agents or

masters of vessels unless such persons are acting as

“employers.” However, this part is not intended to relieve

owners, operators, agents or masters of vessels who are not

“employers” from responsibilities or duties now placed

upon them by law, regulation or custom.
15

(c) The responsibilities placed upon the competent person

herein shall be deemed to be the responsibilities of the

employer.

§ 1915.4—Definitions

(a) The term “shall” indicates provisions which are

mandatory.

(b) The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Labor.

(c) The term “employer” means an employer, any of whose

employees are employed, in whole or in part, in ship

repairing, shipbuilding, shipbreaking or related employments as defined in this section on the navigable waters of

the United States, including dry docks, graving docks and

marine railways.

(d) The term “employee” means any person engaged in

ship repairing, shipbuilding, shipbreaking or related

employments on the navigable waters of the United States,

including dry docks, graving docks and marine railways,

other than the master, ship’s officers, crew of the vessel, or

any person engaged by the master to repair any vessel

under 18 net tons.

(e) The term “gangway” means any ramp-like or stair-like

means of access provided to enable personnel to board or

leave a vessel including accommodation ladders, gangplanks and brows.

(f) The term “vessel” includes every description of watercraft or other artificial contrivance used, or capable of

being used, as a means of transportation on water, including

special purpose floating structures not primarily designed

for or used as a means of transportation on water.

(g) For purposes of § 1915.74, the term “barge” means an

unpowered, flat bottom, shallow draft vessel including

scows, carfloats and lighters. For purposes of this section

the term does not include ship shaped or deep draft barges.

(h) For purposes of § 1915.74, the term “river tow boat”

means a shallow draft, low free board, self-propelled vessel

designed to tow river barges by pushing ahead. For

purposes of this section, the term does not include other

towing vessels.

(i) The term “shipyard employment” means ship repairing,

shipbuilding, shipbreaking and related employments.
(j) The terms “ship repair” and “ship repairing” mean any

repair of a vessel including, but not restricted to, alterations, conversions, installation, cleaning, painting, and

maintenance work.

(k) The term “shipbuilding” means the construction of a

vessel, including the installation of machinery and

equipment.

(1) The term “shipbreaking” means any breaking down of a

vessel’s structure for the purpose of scrapping the vessel,

including the removal of gear. equipment or any component

part of a vessel.

(m) The term “related employment” means any employment performed as an incident to or in conjunction with

ship repairing, shipbuilding or shipbreaking work, including, but not restricted to, inspection, testing, and

 employment as a watchman.

(n) The term “hazardous substance” means a substance

which by reason of being explosive, flammable, poisonous,

corrosive, oxidizing, irritant, or otherwise harmful is likely

to cause injury.

(o) The term “competent person” for purposes of this part

means a person who is capable of recognizing and evaluating employee exposure to hazardous substances or to other

unsafe conditions and is capable of specifying the necessary protection and precautions to be taken to ensure the

safety of employees as required by the particular regulation

under the condition to which it applies. For the purposes of

Subparts B, C, and D of this part, except for

§ 1915.35(b)(8) and § 1915.36(a)(5), to which the above

definition applies, the competent person must also meet the

additional requirements of § 1915.7.

(p) The term “confined space” means a compartment of

small size and limited access such as a double bottom tank,

cofferdam, or other space which by its small size and

confined nature can readily create or aggravate a hazardous

exposure.

(q) The term “enclosed space” means any space, other than

a confined space, which is enclosed by bulkheads and

overhead. It includes cargo holds, tanks, quarters, and

machinery and boiler spaces.

(r) The term “hot work” means riveting, welding, burning

or other fire or spark producing operations.

16
17

(s) The term “cold work” means any work which does not

involve riveting, welding, burning or other fire or spark

producing operations.

(t) The term “portable unfired pressure vessel” means any

pressure container or vessel used aboard ship, other than

the ship’s equipment, containing liquids or gases under

pressure, excepting pressure vessels built to ICC

regulations under 49 CFR Part 178, Subparts C and H.

(u) The term “powder actuated fastening tool” means a tool

or machine which drives a stud, pin, or fastener by means

of an explosive charge.

(v) For purposes of § 1915.97, the term “hazardous

material” means a material which has one or more of the

following characteristics: (1) Has a flash point below

140° F., closed cup, or is subject to spontaneous heating;

(2) has a threshold limit value below 500 p.p.m. in the case

of a gas or vapor, below 500 mg./m3

 for fumes, and below

25 m.p.p.c.f. in case of a dust; (3) has a single dose oral

LD50 below 500 mg./kg.; (4) is subject to polymerization

with the release of large amounts of energy; (5) is a strong

oxidizing or reducing agent; (6) causes first degree burns to

skin in short time exposure, or is systemically toxic by skin

contact; or (7) in the course of normal operations, may

produce dusts, gases, fumes, vapors, mists, or smokes

which have one or more of the above characteristics.

§ 1915.5—Reference Specifications, Standards and

Codes

Specifications, standards, and codes of agencies of the U.S.

Government, to the extent specified in the text, form a part

of the regulations of this part. In addition, under the

authority vested in the Secretary under the Act, the specifications, standards, and codes of organizations which are not

agencies of the U.S. Government, in effect on the date of

the promulgation of the regulations of this part as listed

below, to the extent specified in the text, form a part of the

regulations of this part.

National Fire Protection Association, 60 Batterymarch

Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02269. Subpart B,

§ 1915.14(a).

Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc., 207 East Ohio Street,

Chicago, Illinois 60611, Subpart B, § 1915.13(b) and (f);

Subpart C, §§ 1915.35(b)(7), 1915.36(a)(4); Subpart H,

§ 1915.132(a).
American National Standards Institute Safety Code for

Portable Wood Ladders, A14.1-1959, American National

Standards Institute, 11 West 42nd Street, New York, New

York 10036, Subpart E. § 1915.72(a)(6).

American National Standards Institute Safety Code for

Portable Metal Ladders, A14.2-1956, American National

Standards Institute, 11 West 42nd Street, New York, New

York 10036, Subpart E. § 1915.72(a)(4).

American National Standards Institute Safety Code for

Head, Eye, and Respiratory Protection, Z2.1-1959, American National Standards Institute, 11 West 42nd Street, New

York, New York 10036, Subpart 1, §§ 1915.151(a)(1).

1915.153(b).

American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Boiler and

Pressure Vessel Code, Section Vlll, Rules for Construction

of Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1963, American Society of

Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York,

New York 10017. Subpart K, § 1915.172(a).

Threshold Limit Values, 1970, American Conference of

Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1014 Broadway,

Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, Subpart B, § 1915.12(a)(3) and

(b)(3); Subpart C, § 1915.32(b).

American National Standards Institute Safety Code for the

Use, Care, and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, B7. 11964,

United States of America Standards Institute, Inc., 11 West

42nd Street, New York, New York 10036, Subpart H,

§ 1915.134(c).

§1915.6—Commercial Diving Operations

Commercial diving operations shall be subject to Subpart T

of Part 1910, §§ 1910.401-1910.441 of this chapter.

§1915.7 Competent person.

(a) Application. This section applies to shipyard

 employment.

(b) Designation. (1) One or more competent persons shall

be designated by the employer in accordance with the

applicable requirements of this section, unless the requirements of Subparts B, C, D and H of this part are always

carried out by a Marine Chemist. Exception: The employer

may designate any person who meets the applicable

portions of the criteria set forth in paragraph (c) of this

section as a competent person who is limited to performing

testing to the following situations:

18
(i) Repair work on small craft in boat yards where only

combustible gas indicator tests are required for fuel tank

leaks or when using flammable paints below decks;

(ii) Building of wooden vessels where, only knowledge

of the precautions to be taken when using-flammable

paints is required;

(iii) The breaking of vessels where there is no fuel oil or

other flammable hazard; and

(iv) Tests and inspections performed to comply with

§§ 1915.35(b)(8) and 1915.36(a)(5).

(2)(i) The employer shall maintain either a roster of

designated competent persons or a statement that a

Marine Chemist will perform the tests or inspections

which require a competent person.

(ii) The employer shall make the roster of designated

persons or the statement available to employees, the

employee’s representative, the Director or the Assistant

Secretary upon request.

(iii) The roster shall contain, as a minimum, the

following:

(A) The employer’s name,

(B) The designated competent person’s name(s), and

(C) The date the employee was trained as a competent

person.

(c) Criteria. The employer shall ensure that each designated competent person has the following skills and

knowledge:

(1) Ability to understand and carry out written or oral

information or instructions left by Marine Chemist, Coast

Guard authorized persons and Certified Industrial

Hygienists; and

(2) Knowledge of Subparts B, C, D, and H of this part;

(3) Knowledge of the structure, location, and designation

of spaces where work is done;

(4) Ability to calibrate and use testing equipment

including but not limited to: oxygen indicators, combustible gas indicators, carbon monoxide indicators, and

19
carbon dioxide indicators, and to interpret accurately the

test results of that equipment;

(5) Ability to perform all required tests and inspections

which are or may be performed by a, competent person

as set forth in Subparts B, C, D, and H of this part.

(6) Ability to inspect, test, and evaluate spaces to

determine the need for further testing by a Certified

 Industrial Hygienist; and

(7) Ability to maintain records required by this section.

(d) Recordkeeping. (1) When tests and inspections are

performed by a competent person, Marine Chemist, or

Certified Industrial Hygienist as required by any provisions

of subparts B, C, D, or H of this part, the employer shall

ensure that the person performing the test and inspection

records the location of inspected spaces and the operations

performed as well as the test results and any instructions.

(2) The employer shall ensure that the records are

posted in the immediate vicinity of the affected operations

while work in the spaces is in progress. The records shall

be kept on file for a period of at least three months from

the completion date of the specific job for which they were

generated.

(3) The employer shall ensure that the records are available

for inspection by the Assistant Secretary, Director, and

employees and their representatives.

Subpart B—Confined and Enclosed Spaces

and Other Dangerous Atmospheres in

Shipyard Employment

Appendix A to Subpart B — Compliance Assistance

Guidelines for Confined and Enclosed Spaces Other

Dangerous Atmospheres

Appendix B to Subpart B—Reprint of U.S. Coast Guard

Regulations Referenced in Subpart, for Determination of

Coast Guard Authorized Persons

§1915.11 Scope application and definitions applicable to

this Subpart.

(a) Scope and application. This Subpart applies to work in

confined and enclosed spaces and other dangerous atmospheres in shipyard employment including vessel sections and

landside operations regardless of geographic locations.

20
(b) Definitions applicable to this subpart.

Adjacent spaces means those spaces bordering a subject

space in all directions, including all points of contact,

corners, diagonals, decks, tank tops, and bulkheads.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor

for Occupational Safety and Health or designated

representative.

Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) means an industrial

hygienist who is certified by the American Board of

Industrial Hygiene.

Coast Guard authorized person means an individual who

meets the requirements of Appendix B to subpart B of part

1915 for tank vessels, for passenger vessels, and for cargo

and miscellaneous vessels.

Dangerous atmospheres means an atmosphere that may

expose employees to the risk of death, incapacitation, impairment of ability to self-rescue (i.e. escape unaided from

a confined or enclosed space), injury, or acute illness.

Director means the Director of the National Institute for

Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services or designated representative.

Enter with Restrictions denotes a space where entry for

work is permitted only if engineering controls, personal

protective equipment, clothing, and time limitations are as

specified by the Marine Chemist, Certified Industrial

Hygienist, or the shipyard competent person.

Entry means the action by which a person passes through

an opening into a space. Entry includes ensuing work

activities in that space and is considered to have occurred

as soon as any part of the entrant’s body breaks the plane

of an opening into the space.

Hot work means any activity involving riveting, welding,

burning, the use of powder-actuated tools or similar fireproducing operations. Grinding, drilling, abrasive blasting

or similar spark-producing operations are also considered

hot work except when such operations are isolated physically from any atmosphere containing more than 10 per

cent of the lower explosive limit of a flammable or

combustible substance.

Immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH) means an

atmosphere that poses an immediate threat to life or that is

21
likely to result in acute or immediate severe health effects.

Inert or inerted atmosphere means an atmospheric

condition where:

(1) The oxygen content of the atmosphere in the space

is maintained at a level equal to or less than 8.0 per cent

by volume or at a level at or below 50 per cent of the

amount required to support combustion, whichever is

less, or

(2) The space is flooded with water and the vapor

concentration of flammable or combustible materials in

the free space atmosphere above the water line is less

than 10 per cent of the lower explosive limit for the

flammable or combustible material.

Labeled means identified with a sign, placard, or other

form of written communication, including pictograms, that

provide information on the status or condition of the work

space to which it is attached.

Lower explosion limit (LEL) means the minimum concentration of vapor in air below which propagation of a flame

does not occur in the presence of an ignition source.

Marine Chemist means an individual who possesses acurrent Marine Chemist Certificate issued by the National

Fire Protection Association.

Not Safe for Hot Work denotes a space where hot work

may not be performed because the conditions do not meet

the criteria for Safe Hot Work.

Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) means

an organization recognized by OSHA in accordance with

Appendix A of 29 CFR 1910.7 which tests for safety and

lists or labels or accepts equipment and materials that meet

all the criteria found in § 1910.7(b)(1) through (b)(4)(ii).

Not Safe for Workers denotes a space where an employee

may not enter because the conditions do not meet the

criteria for Safe for Workers.

Oxygen-deficient atmosphere means an atmosphere having

an oxygen concentration of less than 19.5 percent by

volume.

Oxygen-enriched atmosphere means an atmosphere that

contains 22.0 percent or more oxygen by volume.

22
Safe for Hot Work denotes a space that meets all of the

following criteria:

(1) The oxygen content of the atmosphere does not

exceed 22.0 percent by volume;

(2) The concentration of flammable vapors in the

atmosphere is less than 10 percent of the lower explosive

limit;

(3) The residues or materials in the space are not capable

of producing a higher concentration than permitted in

paragraph (1) or (2) of the above, under existing atmospheric conditions in the presence of hot work and while

maintained as directed by the Marine Chemist or

competent person, and

(4) All adjacent spaces have been cleaned, or inerted,

or treated sufficiently to prevent the spread of fire.

Safe for Workers denotes a space that meets the following

criteria:

(1) The oxygen content of the atmosphere is at least

19.5 percent and below 22 percent by volume;

(2) The concentration of flammable vapors is below 10

per cent of the lower explosive limit (LEL);

(3) Any toxic materials in the atmosphere associated

with cargo, fuel, tank coating, or inerting media are

within permissible concentrations at the time of the

inspection; and

(4) Any residues or materials associated with the work

authorized by the Marine Chemist, Certified Industrial

Hygienist, or competent person will not produce uncontrolled release of toxic materials under existing atmospheric conditions while maintained as directed.

Space means an area on a vessel or vessel section within a

shipyard such as, but not limited to: cargo tanks or holds;

pump or engine rooms; storage lockers; tanks containing

flammable or combustible liquids, gases, or solids; rooms

within buildings, crawl spaces; tunnels; or accessways. The

atmosphere within a space is the entire area within its bounds.

Upper explosive limit (UEL) means the maximum concentration of flammable vapor in air above which propagation of

flame does not occur on contact with a source of ignition.

23
Vessel section means a sub-assembly, module, or other

component of a vessel being built, repaired, or broken.

Visual inspection means the physical survey of the

space, its surroundings and contents to identify hazards

such as, but not limited to, restricted accessibility, residues,

unguarded machinery, and piping or electrical systems.

§1915.12 Precautions before entering confined and

enclosed spaces and other dangerous atmospheres.

(a) Oxygen content.1 (1) The employer shall ensure that

the following spaces are visually inspected and tested by a

competent person to determine the atmosphere’s oxygen

content prior to initial entry into the space by an employee:

(i) Spaces that have been sealed, such as, but not limited

to, spaces that have been coated and closed up, and nonventilated spaces that have been freshly painted;

(ii) Spaces and adjacent spaces that contain or have

contained combustible or flammable liquids or gases;

(iii) Spaces and adjacent spaces that contain or have

contained liquids, gases, or solids that are toxic,

corrosive, or irritant;

(iv) Spaces and adjacent spaces that have been

fumigated; and

(v) Spaces containing materials or residues of materials

that create an oxygen-deficient atmosphere.

(2) If the space to be entered contains an oxygen deficient

atmosphere, the space shall be labeled “Not Safe for

Workers’ or, if oxygen-enriched, “Not Safe for Workers—

Not safe for Hot Work.” If an oxygen-deficient or oxygenenriched atmosphere is found, ventilation shall be provided

at volumes and flow rates sufficient to ensure that the oxygen content is maintained at or above 19.5 percent and

below 22.0 percent by volume. The warning label may be

removed when the oxygen content is equal to or greater

than 19.5 percent and less than 22.0 percent by volume.

(3) An employee may not enter a space where the oxygen

content, by volume, is below 19.5 percent or above 22.0

percent. Exception: An employee may enter for emergency

rescue or for a short duration for installation of ventilation

equipment necessary to start work in the space provided:

24

1 Note to paragraph (a): Other provisions for work in IDLH atmospheres

are located in Subpart I of this part.
(i) The atmosphere in the space is monitored for oxygen

content, by volume, continuously; and

(ii) Respiratory protection and other appropriate personal

protective equipment and clothing are provided in

accordance with Subpart I of this part.

(b) Flammable atmospheres.2 (1) the employer shall

ensure that spaces and adjacent spaces that contain or have

contained combustible or flammable liquids or gases are:

(i) Inspected visually by the competent person to

determine the presence of combustible or flammable

liquids; and

(ii) Tested by a competent person prior to entry by an

employee to determine the concentration of flammable

vapors and gases within the space.

(2) If the concentration of flammable vapors or gases in the

space to be entered is equal to or greater than 10 per cent of

the lower explosive limit, the space shall be labeled “Not

Safe for Workers” and “Not Safe for Hot Work.” Ventilation shall be provided at volumes and flow rates sufficient

to ensure that the concentration of flammable vapors is

maintained below 10 percent of the lower explosive limit.

The warning labels may be removed when the concentration of flammable vapors is below 10 percent of the lower

explosive limit.

(3) An employee may not enter a space where the concentration of flammable vapors or gases is equal to or

greater than 10 percent of the lower explosive limit.

Exception: An employee may enter for emergency rescue

or for a short duration for installation of ventilation

equipment necessary to start work in the space, provided:

(i) No ignition sources are present;

(ii) The atmosphere in the space is maintained above

the upper explosive limit;

(iii) The atmosphere in the space is maintained above

the upper explosive limit; and

25

2 Note 1 to paragraph (b): Additional provisions for work in IDLH

atmospheres are located in Subpart I of this part.

Note 2 to paragraph (b): additional provisions for work in spaces

containing a flammable substance which also has a permissible exposure

limit, are located in Subpart Z of 29 CFR part 1915, and S 1915.12(c).
(iv) respiratory protection and other appropriate personal

protective equipment and clothing are provided in

accordance with Subpart I of this part.

(c) Toxic, corrosive, irritant or fumigated atmospheres

and residues.3 (1) The employer shall ensure that spaces or

adjacent spaces that contain or have contained liquids,

gases, or solids that are toxic, corrosive or irritant are:

(i) Inspected visually by the competent person to

determine the presence of toxic, corrosive, or irritant

residue contaminants; and

(ii) Tested by a competent person prior to initial entry by

an employee to determine the air concentration of

toxics, corrosives, or irritants within the space.

(2) If a space contains an air concentration of a material

which exceeds a part 1915 subpart Z permissible exposure

limit (PEL) or is IDLH, the space shall be labeled “Not

Safe for Workers.” Ventilation shall be provided at

volumes and flow rates which will ensure that air concentrations are maintained within the PEL or, in the case of

contaminants for which there is no established PEL, below

the IDLH. The warning label may be removed when the

concentration of contaminants is maintained within the PEL

or below IDLH level.

(3) If a space cannot be ventilated to within the PELs or is

IDLH, a Marine Chemist or CIH must re-test until the

space can be certified “Enter With Restrictions” or “Safe

for Workers.”

(4) An employee may not enter a space whose atmosphere

exceeds a PEL or is IDLH. Exception: An employee may

enter for emergency rescue, or for a short duration for

installation of ventilation equipment provided;

(i) The atmosphere in the space is monitored

continuously;

(ii) Respiratory protection and other necessary and appropriate personal protective equipment and clothing are

provided in accordance with Subpart I of this part.

(d) Training of employees entering confined and

enclosed spaces or other dangerous atmospheres.

(1) The employer shall ensure that each employee that

enters a confined or enclosed space and other areas with

26

3 Note to paragraph (c): Other provisions for work in IDLH atmospheres

are located in Subpart I of this part.
dangerous atmospheres is trained to perform all required

duties safely.

(2) The employer shall ensure that each employee who

enters a confined space, enclosed space, or other areas with

dangerous atmospheres is trained to:

(i) Recognize the characteristics of the confined

space;

(ii) Anticipate and be aware of the hazards that may be

faced during entry;

(iii) Recognize the adverse health effects that may be

caused by the exposure to a hazard;

(iv) Understand the physical signs and reactions related

to exposures to such hazards;

(v) Know what personal protective equipment is needed

for safe entry into and exit from the space;

(vi) Use personal protective equipment; and

(vii) Where necessary, be aware of the presence and

proper use of barriers that may be needed to protect an

entrant from hazards.

(3) The employer shall ensure that each entrant into

confined or enclosed spaces or other dangerous atmospheres is trained to exit the space or dangerous atmosphere

whenever:

(i) The employer or his or her representative orders

evacuation;

(ii) An evacuation signal such as an alarm is activated;

or

(iii) The entrant perceives that he or she is in danger.

(4) The employer shall provide each employee with

training:

(i) Before the entrant begins work addressed by this

section; and

(ii) Whenever there is a change in operation or in an

employee’s duties that present a hazard about which the

employee has not previously been trained.

27
(5) The employer shall certify that the training required by

paragraphs (d)(1) through (d(4) of this section has been

accomplished.

(i) The certification shall contain the employee’s

name, the name of the certifier, and the date(s) of the

certification.

(ii) The certification shall be available for inspection by

the Assistant Secretary, the Director, employees, and

their representatives.

(e) Rescue teams.4

 The employer shall either establish

 a shipyard rescue team or arrange for an outside rescue

team which will respond promptly to a request for

rescue service.

(1) Shipyard rescue teams shall meet the following criteria:

(i) Each employee assigned to the shipyard team shall

be provided with and trained to use the personal protective equipment he or she will need, including respirators

and any rescue equipment necessary for making rescues

from confined and enclosed spaces and other dangerous

atmospheres.

(ii) Each employee assigned to the shipyard rescue team

shall be trained to perform his or her rescue functions

including confined and enclosed and other dangerous

atmosphere entry.

(iii) Shipyard rescue teams shall practice their skills at

least once every 12 months. Practice drills shall include

the use of mannequins and rescue equipment during

simulated rescue operations involving physical facilities

that approximate closely those facilities from which

rescue may be needed.5

(iv) At least one person on each rescue team shall

maintain current certification in basic first aid which

includes maintenance of an airway, control of bleeding,

maintenance of circulation, and cardiopulmonary

resuscitation (CPR) skills.

(2) The employer shall inform outside rescue teams of

the hazards that the team may encounter when called to

perform confined and enclosed space or other dangerous

28

4 Note to paragraph (e): The criteria for in-house rescue, listed in

paragraph (e)(1) can be used by the employer in evaluating outside rescue

services.
atmosphere rescue at the employer’s facility so that the

rescue team can be trained and equipped.

(f) Exchanging hazard information between employers.

Each employer whose employees work in confined and

enclosedspaces or other dangerous atmospheres shall

ensure that all available information on the hazards, safety

rules, and emergency procedures concerning those spaces

and atmospheres is exchanged with any other employer

whose employees may enter the same spaces.

§1915.13 Cleaning and Other Cold Work

(a) Locations covered by this section. The employer shall

ensure that manual cleaning and other cold work are not

performed in the following spaces unless the conditions

of paragraph (b) of this section have been met:

(1) Spaces containing or having last contained bulk

quantities of combustible of flammable liquids or gases;

and

(2) Spaces containing or having last contained bulk

quantities of liquids, gases or solids that are toxic, corrosive

or irritating.

(b) Requirements for performing cleaning or cold

work.6

(1) Liquid residues of hazardous materials shall be removed

from work spaces as thoroughly as practicable before

employees start cleaning operations of cold work in a

space. Special care shall be taken to prevent the spilling or

the draining of these materials into the water surrounding

the vessel or, for shore-side operations, onto the surrounding work area.

(2) Testing shall be conducted by a competent person to

determine the concentration of flammable, combustible,

toxic, corrosive, or irritant vapors within the space prior

to the beginning of cleaning or cold work.

(3) Continuous ventilation shall be provided at volumes

and flow rates sufficient to ensure that the concentration(s)

of:

29

5 Note to paragraph (e)(1)(iii): If the team performs an actual rescue

during the 12 month period, an additional practice drill for that type of

rescue is not required.

6 See 1915.12(c) of this part and applicable requirements of 29 CFR part

1915, subpart Z for other provisions affecting cleaning and cold work.
(i) Flammable vapor is maintained below 10 percent of

the lower explosive limit;7 and

(ii) Toxic, corrosive, or irritant vapors are maintained

within the permissible exposure limits and below IDLH

levels.

(4) Testing shall be conducted by the competent person

as often as necessary during cleaning or cold work to assure

that air concentrations are below 10 percent of the lower

explosive limit and within the PELs and below IDLH

levels. Factors such as, but not limited to, temperature,

volatility of the residues and other existing conditions in

and about the spaces are to be considered in determining

the frequency of testing necessary to assure a safe

atmosphere.

(5) Spills or other releases of flammable, combustible toxic,

corrosive, and irritant materials shall be cleaned up as work

progresses.

(6)8

 An employee may not enter a confined or enclosed

space or other dangerous atmosphere if the concentration of

flammable or combustible vapors in work spaces exceeds

10 percent of the lower explosive limit. Exception: An

employee may enter for emergency rescue or for a short

duration for installation of ventilation equipment provided:

(i) No ignition sources are present;

(ii) The atmosphere in the space is monitored

continuously;

(iii) The atmosphere in the space is maintained above

the upper explosive limit; and

(iv) Respiratory protection, personal protective

equipment, and clothing are provided in accordance with

subpart I of this part.

(7) A competent person shall test ventilation discharge

areas and other areas where discharged vapors may collect

to determine if vapors discharged from the spaces being

ventilated are accumulating in concentrations hazardous to

employees.

30

7 Note to paragraph (b)(3)(i): Spaces containing highly volatile residues

may require additional ventilation to keep the concentration of flammable

vapors below 10 percent of the lower explosive limit and within the

permissible exposure limit.

8 Note to paragraph (b)(6): Other provisions for work in IDLH and other

dangerous atmospheres are located in subpart I of this part.
(8) If the tests required in paragraph (b)(7) of this section

indicate that concentrations of exhaust vapors that are

hazardous to employees are accumulating, all work in the

contaminated area shall be stopped until the vapors have

dissipated or been removed.

(9) Only explosion-proof, self-contained portable

lamps, or other electric equipment approved by a National

Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) for the hazardous

location shall be used in spaces described in paragraph (a)

of this section until such spaces have been certified as

“Safe for Workers.”9,

(10) The employer shall prominently post signs that

prohibit sources of ignition within or near a space that has

contained flammable or combustible liquids or gases in

bulk quantities:

(i) At the entrance to those spaces;

(ii) In adjacent spaces; and

(iii) In the open area adjacent to shose spaces.

(11) All air moving equipment and its component parts,

including duct work, capable of generating a static electric

discharge of sufficient energy to create a source of ignition,

shall be bonded electrically to the structure of a vessel or

vessel section or, in the case of landside spaces,

grounded to prevent an electric discharge in the space.

(12) Fans shall have non-sparking blades and portable

air ducts shall be of non-sparking materials.

§1915.14 Hot work.

(a) Hot work requiring testing by a Marine Chemist or

Coast Guard authorized person.

10

(1) The employer shall ensure that hot work is not performed in or on any of the following confined and enclosed

spaces and other dangerous atmospheres, boundaries of

spaces or pipelines until the work area has been tested and

certified by a Marine Chemist or a U.S. Coast Guard

authorized person as “Safe for Hot Work”:

31

9 Note to paragraph (b)(9): Battery-fed, portable lamps or other electric

equipment bearing the approval of a NRTL for the class and division of

the location in which they are used are deemed to meet the requirements

of this paragraph.
(i) Within, on, or immediately adjacent to spaces that

contain or have contained combustible or flammable

liquids or gases.

(ii) Within, on, or immediately adjacent to fuel tanks

that contain or have last contained fuel; and

(iii) On pipelines, heating coils, pump fittings or other

accessories connected to spaces that contain or have

last contained fuel. Exception: Within spaces adjacent to

spaces in which the flammable gases or liquids have a

flash point below 150 degrees Fahrenheit (65.6 degrees

Centigrade) and the distance between such spaces and the

work is greater than 25 feet (7.5 meters).

(2) The certificate issued by the Marine Chemist or Coast

Guard authorized person shall be posted in the immediate

vicinity of the affected operations while they are in

progress and kept on file for a period of at least three

months from the date of the completion of the operation for

which the certificate was generated.

(b) Hot work requiring testing by a competent person.

(1) Hot work is not permitted in or on the following spaces

or adjacent spaces or other dangerous atmospheres until

they have been tested by a competent person and determined tocontain no concentrations of flammable vapors

equal to or greater than 10 percent of the lower explosive

limit:

(i) Dry cargo holds,

(ii) The bilges,

(iii) The engine room and boiler spaces for which a Marine Chemist or a Coast Guard authorized person

certificate is not required under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of

this section:

(iv) Vessels and vessel sections for which a Marine

Chemist or Coast Guard authorized person certificate is

not required under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, and

(v) Landside confined and enclosed spaces or other

dangerous atmospheres not covered by paragraph (a)(1)

of this section.

(2) If the concentration of flammable vapors or gases is

equal to or greater than 10 percent of the lower explosive

32

10 Note to paragraph (a)(1): The criteria for “Safe for Hot Work” is

located in the definition section of subpart B.
33

limit in the space or an adjacent space where the hot work

is to be done, then the space shall be labeled ‘Not Safe for

Hot Work” and ventilation shall be provided at volumes

and flow rates sufficient to ensure that the concentration of

flammable vapors or gases is below 10 percent by volume

of the lower explosive limit. The warning label may be

removed when the concentration of flammable vapors and

gases are below the 10 percent lower explosive limit.

§1915.15 Maintenance of safe conditions.

(a) Preventing hazardous materials from entering.

Pipelines that could carry hazardous materials into spaces

that have been certified “Safe for Workers” or “Safe for Hot

Work” shall be disconnected, blanked out, or otherwise

blocked by a positive method to prevent hazardous

materials from being discharged into the space.

(b) Alteration of existing conditions. When a change

that could alter conditions within a tested confined or

enclosed space or other dangerous atmosphere occurs, work

in the affected space or area shall be stopped. Work may

not be resumed until the affected space or area is visually

inspected and retested and found to comply with 1915.12,

1915.13, and 1915.14 of this part as applicable.11

(c) Tests to maintain the conditions of a Marine

Chemist’s or Coast Guard authorized person’s certificates. A competent person shall visually inspect and test

each space certified as “Safe for Workers” or “Safe for Hot

Work” as often as necessary to ensure that atmospheric

conditions within that space are maintained within the

conditions established by the certificate after the certificate

has been issued.

(d) Change in the conditions of a Marine Chemist’s or

Coast Guard authorized person’s certificate. If a

competent person finds that the atmospheric conditions

within a certified space fail to meet the applicable requirements of 1915.12, 1915.13, and 1915.14 of this part, work

in the certified space shall be stopped and may not be

resumed until the space has been retested by a Marine

Chemist or Coast Guard authorized person and a new

certificate issued in accordance with 1915.14(a).

(e) Tests to maintain a competent person’s findings. After

a competent person has conducted a visual inspection and

tests required in 1915.12, 1915.13, and 1915.14 of this

11 Note to paragraph (b): Examples of changes that would warrant the

stoppage of work include: The opening of manholes or other closures or

the adjusting of a valve regulating the flow of hazardous materials.
part and determined a space to be safe for an employee to

enter, he or she shall continue to test spaces as often as

necessary to ensure that the required atmospheric conditions within the tested space are maintained.

(f) Changes in conditions determined by competent

person’s findings. After the competent person has

determined initially that a space is safe for an employee to

enter and he or she finds subsequently that the conditions

within the tested space fail to meet the requirements of

1915.12, 1915.13, and 1915.14, of this part, as applicable,

work shall be stopped until the conditions in the tested

space are corrected to comply with 1915.12, 1915.13, and

1915.14, as applicable.

§1915.16. Warning signs and labels.

(a) Employee comprehension of signs and labels. The

employer shall ensure that each sign or label posted to

comply with the requirements of this subpart is presented in

a manner that can be perceived and understood by all

employees.

(b) Posting of large work areas. A warning sign or label

required by paragraph (a) of this section need not be

posted at an individual tank, compartment or work space

within a work area if the entire work area has been tested

and certified: “Not Safe for Workers” and “Not Safe for

Hot Work” and if the sign or label to this effect is posted

conspicuously at each means of access to the work area.

Subpart C—Surface Preparation and

Preservation

§1915.31—Scope and Application of Subpart

The standards contained in this subpart shall apply to ship

repairing and shipbuilding and shall not apply to

shipbreaking.

§1915.32—Toxic Cleaning Solvents

(a) When toxic solvents are used, the employer shall

employ one or more of the following measures to safeguard

the health of employees exposed to these solvents.

(1) The cleaning operation shall be completely enclosed

to prevent the escape of vapor into the working space.

34
(2) Either natural ventilation or mechanical exhaust

ventilation shall be used to remove the vapor at the

source and to dilute the concentration of vapors in the

working space to a concentration which is safe lor the

entire work period.

(3) Employees shall be protected against toxic vapors by

suitable respiratory protective equipment in accordance

wilh the requirements of § 1915.152 (a) and (c), and,

where necessary, against exposure of skin and eyes to

contact wilh toxic solvents and their vapors by suitable

clothing and equipment.

(b) The principles in the threshold limit values to which

attention is directed in § 1915.4 will be used by the Departlent of Labor in enforcement proceedings in defining a safe

concentration of air contaminants.

(c) When flammable solvents are used, precautions shall be

taken in accordance wilh the requirements of § 1915.36.

§1915.33—Chemical Paint and Preservative Removers

(a) Employees shall be protected against all skin contact

during the handling and application of chemical paint and

preservative removers and shall be protected against eye

injury by goggles or face shields in accordance with the

requirements of § 1915.151 (a) and (b).

(b) When using flammable paint and preservative removers, precautions shall be taken in accordance with the

requirements of § 1915.36.

(e) When using chemical paint and preservative removers

which contain volatile and toxic solvents, such as benzol,

acetone and amyl acetate, the provisions of § 1915.32 shall

be applicable.

(d) When using paint and rust removers containing strong

acids or alkalies, employees shall be protected by suitable

face shields to prevent chemical burns on the face and

neck.

(e) When steam guns are used, all employees working

within range of the blast shall be protected by suitable face

shields. Metal parts of the steam gun itself shall be

insulated to protect the operator against heat burns.

35
§1915.34—Mechanical Paint Removers

(a) Power tools. (1) Employees engaged in the removal of

paints, preservatives, rusts or other coatings by means of

power tools shall be protected against eye injury by goggles

or face shields in accordance with the requirements of

§ 1915.151(a).

(2) All portable rotating tools used for the removal of

paints, preservatives, rusts or other coatings shall be

adequately guarded to protect both the operator and

nearby workers from flying missiles.

(3) Portable electric tools shall be grounded in

accordance with the requirements of § 1915.132.

(4) In a confined space, mechanical exhaust ventilation

sufficient to keep the dust concentration to a minimum

shall be used, or employees shall be protected by

respiratory protective equipment in accordance with the

requirements of § 1915.152 (a) and (d).

(b) Flame removal. (1) Hardened preservative coatings

shall not be removed by flame in enclosed spaces unless the

employees exposed to fumes are protected by air line

respirators in accordance with the requirements of §

1915.152(a). Employees performing such an operation in

the open air, and those exposed to the resulting fumes, shall

be protected by a fume filter type respirator in accordance

with requirements of paragraphs (a) and (d)(2)(iv) of

§ 1915.152.

(2) Flame or heat shall not be used to remove soft and

greasy preservative coatings.

(c) Abrasive blasting. (1) Equipment. Hoses and fittings

used for abrasive blasting shall meet the following requirements:

(i) Hoses. Hose of a type to prevent shocks from static

electricity shall be used.

(ii) Hose couplings. Hose lengths shall be joined by

metal couplings secured to the outside of the hose to

avoid erosion and weakening of the couplings.

(iii) Nozzles. Nozzles shall be attached to the hose by

fittings that will prevent the nozzle from unintentionally becoming disengaged. Nozzle attachments shall

be of metal and shall fit onto the hose externally.

36
(iv) Dead man control. A dead man control device

shall be provided at the nozzle end of the blasting

hose either to provide direct cutoff or to signal the pot

tender by means of a visual and audible signal to cut

off the flow, in the event the blaster loses control of

the hose. The pot tender shall be available at all times

to respond immediately to the signal.

(2) Replacement. Hoses and all fittings used for abrasive

blasting shall be inspected frequently to insure timely

replacement before an unsafe amount of wear has

occurred.

(3) Personal protective equipment. (i) Abrasive blasters

working in enclosed spaces shall be protected by hoods

and air fed respirators or by air helmets of a positive

pressure type in accordance with the requirements of §

1915.152(a).

(ii) Abrasive blasters working in the open shall be

protected as indicated in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this

section except that when synthetic abrasives containing less than one percent free silica are used jointly,

filter type respirators approved jointly by the National

Institute for Occupational Safety and Health and the

Mine Safety and Health Administration for exposure

to lead dusts may be used in accordance with

§ 1915.152(a) and (d).

(iii) Employees, other than blasters, including

machine tenders and abrasive recovery men, working

in areas where unsafe concentrations of abrasive

materials and dusts are present shall be protected by

eye and respiratory protective equipment in accordance with the requirements of §§ 1915.151(a) and (b)

and 1915.152(a) and (d).

(iv) The blaster shall be protected against injury from

exposure to the blast by appropriate protective

clothing, including gloves.

(v) Since surges from drops in pressure in the hose

line can be of sufficient proportions to throw the

blaster off the staging, the blaster shall be protected by

a safety belt when blasting is being done from

elevations where adequate protection against falling

cannot be provided by railings.

37
§ 1915.35—Painting

(a) Paints mixed with toxic vehicles or solvents. (1)

When paints mixed with toxic vehicles or solvents are

sprayed, the following conditions shall apply:

(i) In confined spaces. employees continuously

exposed to such spraying shall be protected by air line

respirators in accordance with the requirements of

§ 1915.152(a).

(ii) In tanks or compartments, employees continuously

exposed to such spraying shall be protected by air line

respirators in accordance with the requirements of

§ 1915.152(a). Where mechanical ventilation is

provided, employees shall be protected by respirators

in accordance with the requirements of

§§ 1915.152(a) and (e).

(iii) In large and well ventilated areas, employees

exposed to such spraying shall be protected by

respirators in accordance with the requirements of

§§1915.152(a) and (e).

(2) Where brush application of paints with toxic solvents

is done in confined spaces, or other areas where lack of

ventilation creates a hazard, employees shall be protected

by filter respirators in accordance with the requirements

of §§1915.152(a) and (c).

(3) When flammable paints or vehicles are used, precautions shall be taken in accordance with the requirements

of § 1915.36.

(4) The metallic parts of air moving devices, including

fans, blowers, and jet-type air movers, and all duct work

shall be electrically bonded to the vessel structure.

(b) Paints and tank coatings dissolved in highly volatile,

toxic and flammable solvents. Several organic coatings,

adhesives, and resins are dissolved in highly toxic, flammable and explosive solvents with flash points below 80°F.

Work involving such materials shall be done only when all

of the following special precautions have been taken:

(1) Sufficient exhaust ventilation shall be provided to

keep the concentration of solvent vapors below 10

percent of the lower explosive limit. Frequent tests shall

be made by a competent person to ascertain the concentration.

38
(2) If the ventilation fails or if the concentration of

solvent vapors rises above10 percent of the lower

explosive limit, painting shall be stopped and the

compartment shall be evacuated until the concentration

again falls below 10 percent of the lower explosive limit.

If the concentration does not fall when painting is

stopped, additional ventilation to bring the concentration

down to 10 percent of the lower explosive limit shall be

provided.

(3) Ventilation shall be continued after the completion of

painting until the space or compartment is gas free. The

final determination as to whether the space or compartment is gas free shall be made after the ventilating

equipment has been shut off for at least 10 minutes.

(4) Exhaust ducts shall discharge clear of working areas

and away from sources of possible ignition. Periodic tests

shall be made to ensure that the exhausted vapors are not

accumulating in other areas within or around the vessel

or dry dock.

(5) All motors and control equipment shall be of the

explosion-proof type. Fans shall have nonferrous blades.

Portable air ducts shall also be of nonferrous materials.

All motors and associated control equipment shall be

properly maintained and grounded.

(6) Only non-sparking paint buckets, spray guns and

tools shall be used. Metal parts of paint brushes and

rollers shall be insulated. Staging shall be erected in a

manner which ensures that it is non-sparking.

(7) Only explosion-proof lights, approved by the Underwriters’ Laboratories for use in Class 1, Group D

atmospheres, or approved as permissible by the Mine

Safety and Health Administration or the U.S. Coast

Guard, shall be used.

(8) A competent person shall inspect all power and

lighting cables to ensure that the insulation is in excellent

condition, free of all cracks and worn spots, that there are

no connections within fifty (50) feet of the operation, that

lines are not overloaded, and that they are suspended

with sufficient slack to prevent undue stress or chafing.

(9) The face, eyes, head, hands, and all other exposed

parts of the bodies of employees handling such highly

volatile paints shall be protected. All footwear shall be

non-sparking, such as rubbers, rubber boots or rubber

39
soled shoes without nails. Coveralls or other outer

clothing shall be of cotton. Rubber, rather than plastic,

gloves shall be used because of the danger of static

sparks.

(10) No matches, lighted cigarettes, cigars, or pipes, and

no cigarette lighters or ferrous articles shall be taken into

the area where work is being done.

(11) All solvent drums taken into the compartment shall

be placed on nonferrous surfaces and shall be grounded

to the vessel. Metallic contact shall be maintained

between containers and drums when materials are being

transferred from one to another.

(12) Spray guns, paint pots. and metallic parts of connecting tubing shall be electrically bonded. and the

bonded assembly shall be grounded to the vessel.

(13) All employees continuously in a compartment in

which such painting is being performed, shall be protected by air line respirators in accordance with the

requirements of § 1915.152(a) and by suitable protective

clothing. Employees entering such compartments for a

limited time shall be protected by filter cartridge type

respirators in accordance with the requirements of

§§ 1915.152(a) and (e).

(14) All employees doing exterior paint spraying with

such paints shall be protected by suitable filter cartridge

type respirators in accordance with the requirements of

§§ 1915.152(a) and (e) and by suitable protective

clothing.

§ 1915.36—Flammable Liquids

(a) In all cases when liquid solvents, paint and preservative

removers, paints or vehicles, other than those covered by

§ 1915.35(b), are capable of producing a flammable

atmosphere under the conditions of use, the following

precautions shall be taken:

(1) Smoking, open flames, arcs and spark-producing

equipment shall be prohibited in the area.

(2) Ventilation shall be provided in sufficient quantities

to keep the concentration of vapors below 10 percent of

their lower explosive limit. Frequent tests shall be made

by a competent person to ascertain the

concentration .

40
(3) Scrapings and rags soaked with these materials shall

be kept in a covered metal container.

(4) Only explosion proof lights, approved by the Underwriters’ Laboratories for use in Class 1, Group D

atmospheres, or approved as permissible by the Mine

Safety and Health Administration or the U.S. Coast

Guard shall be used.

(5) A competent person shall inspect all power and

lighting cables to ensure that the insulation is in excellent

condition, free of all cracks and worn spots, that there are

no connections within fifty (50) feet of the operation, that

lines are not overloaded, and that they are suspended

with sufficient slack to prevent undue stress or chafing .

(6) Suitable fire extinguishing equipment shall be

immediately available in the work area and shall be

maintained in a state of readiness for instant use.

Subpart D—Welding, Cutting, and Heating

§1915.51—Ventilation and Protection in Welding,

Cutting, and Heating

(a) The provisions of this section shall apply to all ship

repairing, shipbuilding, and shipbreaking operations;

except that paragraph (e) of this section shall apply only to

ship repairing and shipbuilding. Paragraph (g) of this

section shall apply only to ship repairing.

(b) Mechanical ventilation requirements. (1) For

purposes of this section, mechanical ventilation shall meet

the following requirements:

(i) Mechanical ventilation shall consist of either

general mechanical ventilation systems or local

exhaust systems.

(ii) General mechanical ventilation shall be of

sufficient capacity and so arranged as to produce the

number of air changes necessary to maintain welding

fumes and smoke within safe limits.

(iii) Local exhaust ventilation shall consist of freely

movable hoods intended to be placed by the welder or

burner as close as practicable to the work. This system

shall be of sufficient capacity and so arranged as to

remove fumes and smoke at the source and keep the

41
concentration of them in the breathing zone within

safe limits.

(iv) Contaminated air exhausted from a working space

shall be discharged into the open air or otherwise clear

of the source of intake air.

(v) All air replacing that withdrawn shall be clean and

respirable.

(vi) Oxygen shall not be used for ventilation purposes

comfort cooling, blowing dust or dirt from clothing, or

for cleaning the work area.

(c) Welding, cutting and heating in confined spaces.

(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(3) and (d)(2)

of this section either general mechanical or local

exhaust ventilation meeting the requirements of

paragraph (b) of this section shall be provided

whenever welding, cutting or heating is performed in

a confined space.

(2) The means of access shall be provided to a

confined space and ventilation ducts to this space shall

be arranged in accordance with §§ 1915.76(b) (1) and

(2).

(3) When sufficient ventilation cannot be obtained

without blocking the means of access, employees in

the confined space shall be protected by air line

respirators in accordance with the requirements of

§ 1915.152(a), and an employee on the outside of

such a confined space shall be assigned to maintain

communication with those working within it and to

aid them in an emergency.

(d) Welding, cutting or heating of metals of toxic

significance.

(1) Welding, cutting or heating in any enclosed spaces

aboard the vessel involving the metals specified below

shall be performed with either general mechanical or

local exhaust ventilation meeting the requirements of

paragraph (a) of this section:

(i) Zinc-bearing base or filler metals or metals coated

with zinc-bearing materials.

(ii) Lead base metals.

(iii) Cadmium-bearing filler materials.

42
(iv) Chromium-bearing metals or metals coated with

chromium-bearing materials.

(2) Welding, cutting or heating in any enclosed spaces

aboard the vessel involving the metals specified below

shall be performed with local exhaust ventilation in

accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this

section or employees shall be protected by air line

respirators in accordance with the requirements of

§ 1915.152(a):

(i) Metals containing lead, other than as an impurity,

or metals coated with lead-bearing materials.

(ii) Cadmium-bearing or cadmium coated base metals.

(iii) Metals coated with mercury-bearing metals.

(iv) Beryllium-containing base or filler metals.

Because of its high toxicity, work involving beryllium

shall be done with both local exhaust ventilation and

air line respirators.

(3) Employees performing such operations in the open air

shall be protected by filter type respirators in accordance

with the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (d)(2)(iv) of

§ 1915.152, except that employees performing such

operations on beryllium-containing base or filler metals

shall be protected by air line respirators in accordance

with the requirements of § 1915.152(a).

(4) Other employees exposed to the same atmosphere as

the welders or burners shall be protected in the same

manner as the welder or burner.

(e) Inert-gas metal-arc welding. (1) Since the inert-gas

metal-arc welding process involves the production of

ultraviolet radiation of intensities of 5 to 30 times that

produced during shielded metal-arc welding, the decomposition of chlorinated solvents by ultraviolet rays, and the

liberation of toxic fumes and gases, employees shall not be

permitted to engage in, or be exposed to the process until

the following special precautions have been taken:

(i) The use of chlorinated solvents shall be kept at

least 200 (60.9 meters) feet from the exposed arc, and

surfaces prepared with chlorinated solvents shall be

thoroughly dry before welding is permitted on such

surfaces .

43
(ii) Helpers and other employees in the area not

protected from the arc by screening as provided in

§ 1915.56(e) shall be protected by filter lenses meeting

the requirements of §§ 1915.151 (a) and (c). When two

or more welders are exposed to each other’s arc, filter

lens goggles of a suitable type meeting the requirements

of §§ 1915.151 (a) and (c) shall be worn under welding

helmets or hand shields to protect the welder against

flashes and radiant energy when either the helmet is

lifted or the shield is removed.

(iii) Welders and other employees who are exposed to

radiation shall be suitably protected so that the skin is

covered completely to prevent burns and other damage

by ultraviolet rays. Welding helmets and hand shields

shall be free of leaks and openings, and free of highly

reflective surfaces.

(iv) When inert-gas metal-arc welding is being performed on stainless steel, the requirements of paragraph

(d)(2) of this section shall be met to protect against

dangerous concentrations of nitrogen dioxide.

(f) General welding, cutting, and heating. (1) Welding,

cutting and heating not involving conditions or materials

described in paragraphs (c), (d) or (e) of this section may

normally be done without mechanical ventilation or respiratory protective equipment, but where, because of unusual

physical or atmospheric conditions, an unsafe accumulation

of contaminants exists, suitable mechanical ventilation or

respiratory protective equipment shall be provided.

(2) Employees performing any type of welding, cutting or

heating shall be protected by suitable eye protective equipment in accordance with the requirements of

§ 1915.151 (a) and (c).

(g) Residues and cargoes of metallic ores. (1) Residues and

cargoes of metallic ores of toxic significance shall be

removed from the area or protected from the heat before ship

repair work which involves welding, cutting or heating is

begun.

§ 1915.52—Fire Prevention1

(a) Paragraph (a) applies to ship repairing, shipbuilding and

shipbreaking, and paragraph (b) applies to ship repairing and

shipbuilding only.

44

1

46 CFR 146.02-20 contains Coast Guard regulations pertaining lo

welding and cutting while explosives and dangerous cargo are being

handled .
(1) When practical, objects to be welded, cut or heated shall

be moved to a designated safe location or, if the object to

be welded, cut or heated cannot be readily moved, all

movable fire hazards including residues of combustible

bulk cargoes in the vicinity shall be taken to a safe place.

(2) If the object to be welded, cut or heated cannot be

moved and if all the fire hazards including combustible

cargoes cannot be removed, positive means shall be

taken to confine the heat, sparks, and slag, and to protect

the immovable fire hazards from them.

(3) When welding, cutting or heating is performed on

tank shells, decks, overheads and bulkheads, since direct

penetration of sparks or heat transfer may introduce a fire

hazard to an adjacent compartment, the same precautions

shall be taken on the opposite side as are taken on the

side on which the welding is being performed.

(4) In order to eliminate the possibility of fire in confined

spaces as a result of gas escaping through leaking or

improperly closed torch valves, the gas supply to the

torch shall be positively shut off at some point outside

the confined space whenever the torch is not to be used

or whenever the torch is left unattended for a substantial

period of time, such as during the lunch hour. Overnight

and at the change of shifts, the torch and hose shall be

removed from the confined space. Open end fuel gas and

oxygen hoses shall be immediately removed from

confined spaces when they are disconnected from the

torch or other gas consuming device.

(b) The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to ship

repairing and shipbuilding only.

(1) No welding, cutting or heating shall be done where

the application of flammable paints or the presence of

other flammable compounds or of heavy dust concentrate

creates a hazard.

(2) Suitable fire extinguishing equipment shall be

immediately available in the work area and shall be

maintained in a state of readiness for instant use. In

addition, when hot work is being performed aboard a

vessel and pressure is not available on the vessel’s fire

system, an auxiliary supply of water shall be made

available where practicable, consistent with avoiding

freezing of the lines or hose.

45
(3) When the welding, cutting, or heating operation is

such that normal fire prevention precautions are not

sufficient, additional personnel shall be assigned to guard

against fire while the actual welding, cutting, or heating

operation is being performed and for a sufficient period

of time after completion of the work to insure that no

possibility of fire exists. Such personnel shall be instructed as to the specific anticipated fire hazards and

how the fire fighting equipment provided is to be used.

(4) Vaporizing liquid extinguishers shall not be used in

enclosed spaces.

(5) Except when the contents are being removed or

transferred, drums, pails, and other containers which

contain or have contained flammable liquids shall be

kept closed. Empty containers shall be removed to a safe

area apart from hot work operations, or open flames.

(c) In all cases, suitable fire extinguishing equipment shall

be immediately available in the work area and shall be

maintained in a state of readiness for instant use. Personnel

assigned to contain fires within controllable limits shall be

instructed as to the specific anticipated fire hazards and

how the fire fighting equipment provided is to be used. The

provisions of this paragraph shall apply to shipbreaking

only.

§1915.53—Welding, Cutting and Heating in Way of

Preservative Coatings

(a) The provisions in this section shall apply to all ship

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking operations except

for paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section which shall apply

to ship repairing and shipbuilding and shall not apply to

shipbreaking .

(b) Before welding, cutting or heating is commenced on

any surface covered by a preservative coating whose

flammability is not known, a test shall be made by a

competent person to determine its flammability. Preservative coatings shall be considered to be highly flammable

when scrapings burn with extreme rapidity.

(c) Precautions shall be taken to prevent ignition of highly

flammable hardened preservative coatings. When coatings

are determined to be highly flammable they shall be

stripped from the area to be heated to prevent ignition or,

where shipbreaking is involved, the coatings may be

burned away under controlled conditions. A 1-1/2 inch

(3.75 centimeters) or larger tire hose with fog nozzle, which

46
has been uncoiled and placed under pressure, shall be

immediately available for instant use in the immediate

vicinity, consistent with avoiding freezing of the hose.

(d) Protection against toxic preservative coatings. (1) In

enclosed spaces, all surfaces covered wilh toxic preservatives shall be stripped of all toxic coatings for a distance of

at least 4 inches (10 centimeters) from the area of heat

application or the employees shall be protected by air line

respirators meeting the requirements of § 1915.152(a).

(2) In the open air, employees shall be protected by a

filter type respirator in accordance with the requirements

of §§ 1915.152 (a) and (d).

(e) Before welding, cutting or heating is commenced in

enclosed spaces on metals covered by soft and greasy

preservatives, the following precautions shall be taken:

(1) A competent person shall test the atmosphere in the

space to ensure that it does not contain explosive vapors,

since there is a possibility that some soft and greasy

preservatives may have flash points below temperatures

which may be expected lo occur naturally. If such vapors

are determined to be present, no hot work shall be

commenced until such precautions have been taken as

will ensure that the welding, cutting or heating can be

performed in safety.

(2) The preservative coatings shall be removed for a

sufficient distance from the area to be heated to ensure

that the temperature of the unstripped metal will not be

appreciably raised. Artificial cooling of the metal

surrounding the heated area may be used to limit the size

of the area required to be cleaned. The prohibition

contained in § 1915.34(b)(2) shall apply.

(f) Immediately after welding, cutting or heating is commenced in enclosed spaces on metal covered by soft and

greasy preservatives, and at frequent intervals thereafter, a

competent person shall make tests to ensure that no

flammable vapors are being produced by the coatings. If

such vapors are determined to be present, the operation

shall be stopped immediately and shall not be resumed until

such additional precautions have been taken as are necessary to ensure that the operation can be resumed safely.

47
§1915.54—Welding, Cutting and Heating of Hollow

Metal Containers and Structures Not Covered by

§1915.12

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding or shipbreaking.

(a) Drums, containers, or hollow structures which have

contained flammable substances shall, before welding,

cutting, or heating is undertaken on them, either be filled

with water or thoroughly cleaned of such substances and

ventilated and tested.

(b) Before heat is applied to a drum, container, or hollow

structure, a vent or opening shall be provided for the

release of any built-up pressure during the application of

heat.

(c) Before welding, cutting, heating or brazing is begun on

structural voids such as skegs, bilge keels, fair waters,

masts, booms, support stanchions, pipe stanchions or

railings, a competent person shall inspect the object and, if

necessary, test it for the presence of flammable liquids or

vapors. If flammable liquids or vapors are present, the

object shall be made safe.

(d) Objects such as those listed in paragraph (c) of this

section shall also be inspected to determine whether water

or other non-flammable liquids are present which, when

heated, would build up excessive pressure. If such liquids

are determined to be present, the object shall be vented,

cooled, or otherwise made safe during the application of

heat.

(e) Jacketed vessels shall be vented before and during

welding, cutting or heating operations in order to release

any pressure which may build up during the application of

heat.

§1915.55—Gas Welding and Cutting

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Transporting, moving and storing compressed gas

cylinders. (1) Valve protection caps shall be in place and

secure. Oil shall not be used to lubricate protection caps.

(2) When cylinders are hoisted, they shall be secured on

a cradle, slingboard or pallet. They shall not be hoisted

by means of magnets or choker slings.

48
(3) Cylinders shall be moved by tilting and rolling them

on their bottom edges. They shall not be intentionally

dropped, struck, or permitted to strike each other

violently.

(4) When cylinders are transported by vehicle, they shall

be secured in position.

(5) Valve protection caps shall not be used for lifting

cylinders from one vertical position to another. Bars shall

not be used under valves or valve protection caps to pry

cylinders loose when frozen. Warm, not boiling, water

shall be used to thaw cylinders loose.

(6) Unless cylinders are firmly secured on a special

carrier intended for this purpose, regulators shall be

removed and valve protection caps put in place before

cylinders are moved.

(7) A suitable cylinder truck, chain, or other steadying

device shall be used to keep cylinders from being

knocked over while in use.

(8) When work is finished, when cylinders are empty or

when cylinders are moved at any time, the cylinder

valves shall be closed.

(9) Acetylene cylinders shall be secured in an upright

position at all times except, if necessary, for short periods

of time while cylinders are actually being hoisted or

carried.

(b) Placing cylinders. (1) Cylinders shall be kept far

enough away from the actual welding or cutting operation

so that sparks, hot slag or flame will not reach them. When

this is

impractical, fire resistant shields shall be provided.

(2) Cylinders shall be placed where they cannot become

part of an electrical circuit. Electrodes shall not be struck

against a cylinder to strike an arc.

(3) Fuel gas cylinders shall be placed with valve end up

whenever they are in use. They shall not be placed in a

location where they would be subject to open flame, hot

metal, or other sources of artificial heat.

(4) Cylinders containing oxygen or acetylene or other

fuel gas shall not be taken into confined spaces.

49
(c) Treatment of cylinders. (1) Cylinders, whether full or

empty, shall not be used as rollers or supports.

(2) No person other than the gas supplier shall attempt to

mix gases in a cylinder. No one except the owner of the

cylinder or person authorized by him shall refill a

cylinder. No one shall use a cylinder’s contents for

purposes other than those intended by the supplier. Only

cylinders bearing Interstate Commerce Commission

identification and inspection markings shall be used.

(3) No damaged or defective cylinder shall be used.

(d) Use of fuel gas. The employer shall thoroughly instruct

employees in the safe use of fuel gas, as follows:

(1) Before connecting a regulator to a cylinder valve, the

valve shall be opened slightly and closed immediately.

(This action is generally termed “cracking” and is

intended to clear the valve of dust or dirt that might

otherwise enter the regulator.) The person cracking the

valve shall stand to one side of the outlet, not in front of

it. The valve of a fuel gas cylinder shall not be cracked

where the gas would reach welding work, sparks, flame

or other possible sources of ignition.

(2) The cylinder valve shall always be opened slowly to

prevent damage to the regulator. To permit quick closing,

valves on fuel gas cylinders shall not be opened more

than 1-1/2 turns. When a special wrench is required, it

shall be left in position on the stem of the valve while the

cylinder is in use so that the fuel gas flow can be shut off

quickly in case of an emergency. In the case of

manifolded or coupled cylinders, at least one such

wrench shall always be available for immediate use.

Nothing shall be placed on top of a fuel gas cylinder,

when in use, which may damage the safety device or

interfere with the quick closing of the valve.

(3) Fuel gas shall not be used from cylinders through

torches or other devices which are equipped with shutoff

valves without reducing the pressure through a suitable

regulator attached to the cylinder valve or manifold.

(4) Before a regulator is removed from a cylinder valve,

the cylinder valve shall always be closed and the gas

released from the regulator.

(5) If, when the valve on a fuel gas cylinder is opened,

there is found to be a leak around the valve stem, the

valve shall be closed and the gland nut tightened. If this

action does not stop the leak, the use of the cylinder shall

50
be discontinued, and it shall be properly tagged and

removed from the vessel. In the event that fuel gas

should leak from the cylinder valve rather than from the

valve stem and the gas cannot be shut off, the cylinder

shall-be properly tagged and removed from the vessel. If

a regulator attached to a cylinder valve will effectively

stop a leak through the valve seat, the cylinder need not

be removed from the vessel.

(6) If a leak should develop at a fuse plug or other safety

device, the cylinder shall be removed from the vessel.

(e) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds. (1) Fuel gas and

oxygen manifolds shall bear the name of the substance they

contain in letters at least 1 inch (2.54 centimeters) high

which shall be either painted on the manifold or on a sign

permanently attached to it.

(2) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall be placed in safe

and accessible locations in the open air. They shall not be

located within enclosed spaces.

(3) Manifold hose connections. including both ends of the

supply hose that lead to the manifold, shall be such that the

hose cannot be interchanged between fuel gas and oxygen

manifolds and supply header connections. Adapters shall

not be used to permit the interchange of hose. Hose

connections shall be kept free of grease and oil.

(4) When not in use, manifold and header hose connections

shall be capped.

(5) Nothing shall be placed on top of a manifold, when in

use, which will damage the manifold or interfere with the

quick closing of the valves.

(f) Hoses. (1) Fuel gas hose and oxygen hose shall be easily

distinguishable from each other. The contrast may be made by

different colors or by surface characteristics readily distinguishable by the sense of touch. Oxygen and fuel gas hoses

shall not be interchangeable. A single hose having more than

one gas passage, a wall failure of which would permit the

flow of one gas into the other gas passage, shall not be used.

(2) When parallel sections of oxygen and fuel gas hose are

taped together not more than 4 inches (10 centimeters) out

of 8 inches (20 centimeters) shall be covered by tape.

(3) All hose carrying acetylene, oxygen, natural or manufactured fuel gas, or any gas or substance which may ignite

or enter into combustion or be in any way harmful to

51
employees, shall be inspected at the beginning of each

shift. Defective hose shall be removed from service.

(4) Hose which has been subjected to flashback or which

shows evidence of severe wear or damage shall be tested to

twice the normal pressure to which it is subject but in no

case less than two hundred psi (1,379 kPa). Defective hose

or hose in doubtful condition shall not be used.

(5) Hose couplings shall be of the type that cannot be

unlocked or disconnected by means of a straight pull

without rotary motion.

(6) Boxes used for the stowage of gas hose shall be

ventilated .

(g) Torches. (1) Clogged torch tip openings shall be cleaned

with suitable cleaning wires, drills or other devices designed

for such purpose.

(2) Torches shall be inspected at the beginning of each shift

for leaking shutoff valves, hose couplings, and tip connections. Defective torches shall not be used.

(3) Torches shall be lighted by friction lighters or other

approved devices, and not by matches or from hot work.

(h) Pressure regulators. Oxygen and fuel gas pressure

regulators including their related gauges shall be in proper

working order while in use.

§1915.56—Arc Welding And Cutting

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Manual electrode holders. (1) Only manual electrode

holders which are specifically designed for arc welding and

cutting and are of a capacity capable of safely handling the

maximum rated current required by the electrodes shall be

used.

(2) Any current carrying parts passing through the portion

of the holder which the arc welder or cutter grips in his

hand, and the outer surfaces of the jaws of the holder, shall

be fully insulated against the maximum voltage encountered to ground.

(b) Welding cables and connectors. (1) All arc welding and

cutting cables shall be of the completely insulated, flexible

type, capable of handling the maximum current requirements

52
of the work in progress, taking into account the duty cycle

under which the arc welder or cutter is working.

(2) Only cable free from repair or splices for a minimum

distance of 10 feet (3 meters) from the cable end to which

the electrode holder is connected shall be used, except that

cables with standard insulated connectors or with splices

whose insulating quality is equal to that of the cable are

permitted.

(3) When it becomes necessary to connect or splice

lengths of cable one to another, substantial insulated

connectors of a capacity at least equivalent to that of the

cable shall be used. If connections are effected by means

of cable lugs, they shall be securely fastened together to

give good electrical contact, and the exposed metal parts of

the lugs shall be completely insulated.

(4) Cables in poor repair shall not be used. When a cable

other than the cable lead referred to in paragraph (b)(2) of

this section becomes worn to the extent of exposing bare

conductors. the portion thus exposed shall be protected by

means of rubber and friction tape or other equivalent

insulation.

(c) Ground returns and machine grounding. (1) A ground

return cable shall have a safe current carrying capacity equal

to or exceeding the specified maximum output capacity of the

arc welding or cutting unit which it services. When a single

ground return cable services more than one unit, its safe

current carrying capacity shall equal or exceed the total

specified maximum output capacities of all the units which it

services.

(2) Structures or pipe lines, except pipe lines containing

gases of flammable liquids or conduits containing electrical

circuits, may be used as part of the ground return circuit,

provided that the pipe or structure has a current carrying

capacity equal to that required by paragraph (c)(1) of this

section.

(3) When a structure or pipe line is employed as a ground

return circuit, it shall be determined that the required

electrical contact exists at all joints. The generation of an

arc, sparks or heat at any point shall cause rejection of the

structure as a ground circuit.

(4) When a structure or pipe line is continuously employed

as a ground return circuit, all joints shall be bonded, and

periodic inspections shall be conducted to ensure that no

condition of electrolysis or fire hazard exists by virtue of

such use.

53
(5) The frames of all arc welding and cutting machines

shall be grounded either through a third wire in the cable

containing the circuit conductor or through a separate wire

which is grounded at the source of the current. Grounding

circuits, other than by means of the vessel’s structure, shall

be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground

and the grounded power conductor has resistance low

enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse

or circuit breaker to interrupt the current.

(6) All ground connections shall be inspected to ensure that

they are mechanically strong and electrically adequate for

the required current.

(d) Operating instructions. Employers shall instruct

employees in the safe means of arc welding and cutting as

follows:

(1) When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the

electrodes shall be removed and the holders shall be so

placed or protected that they cannot make electrical contact

with employees or conducting objects.

(2) Hot electrode holders shall not be dipped in water, since

to do so may expose the arc welder or cutter to electric

shock.

(3) When the arc welder or cutter has occasion to leave his

work or to stop work for any appreciable length of time, or

when the arc welding or cutting machine is to be moved,

the power supply switch to the equipment shall be opened.

(4) Any faulty or defective equipment shall be reported to

the supervisor.

(e) Shielding. Whenever practicable, all arc welding and

cutting operations shall be shielded by noncombustible or

flame-proof screens which will protect employees and other

persons working in the vicinity from the direct rays of the arc.

§1915.57—Uses of Fissionable Material

The provisions of this section apply to ship repairing and

shipbuilding only.

(a) In activities involving the use of and exposure to sources

of ionizing radiation not only on conventionally powered but

also on nuclear powered vessels, the applicable provisions of

the Nuclear Regulatory Commission’s Standards for Protection Against Radiation (10 CFR Part 20), relating to protection against occupational radiation exposure, shall apply.

54
(b) Any activity which involves the use of radioactive

material, whether or not under license from the Nuclear

Regulatory Commission, shall be performed by competent

persons specially trained in the proper and safe operation of

such equipment. In the case of materials used under Commission license, only persons actually licensed, or competent

persons under direction and supervision of the licensee,

shall perform such work.

Subpart E—Scaffolds, Ladders and Other

Working Surfaces

§1915.71—Scaffolds or Staging

(a) Scope and application. The provisions of this section

shall apply to all ship repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking operations except that paragraphs (b)(8) through

(b)(10) and paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section shall

only apply to ship repairing and shipbuilding operations

and shall not apply to shipbreaking.

(b) General requirements. (1) All scaffolds and their

supports, whether of lumber steel or other material, shall be

capable of supporting the load they are designed to carry

with a safety factor of not less than 4.

(2) All lumber used in the construction of scaffolds shall

be spruce, fir, long leaf yellow pine, Oregon pine or

wood of equal strength. The use of hemlock, short leaf

yellow pine, or short fiber lumber is prohibited.

(3) Lumber dimensions as given in this subpart are

nominal except where given in fractions of an inch.

(4) All lumber used in the construction of scaffolds shall

be sound, straight-grained, free from cross grain, shakes

and large, loose or dead knots. It shall also be free from

dry rot, large checks, worm holes or other defects which

impair its strength or durability.

(5) Scaffolds shall be maintained in a safe and secure

condition. Any component of the scaffold which is

broken, burned or otherwise defective shall be replaced.

(6) Barrels, boxes, cans, loose bricks, or other unstable

objects shall not be used as working platforms or for the

support of planking intended as scaffolds or working

platforms .

(7) No scaffold shall be erected, moved, dismantled or

altered except under the supervision of competent

persons.

55
(8) No welding, burning, riveting or open flame work

shall be performed on any staging suspended by means

of fiber rope.

(9) Lifting bridles on working platforms suspended from

cranes shall consist of four legs so attached that the

stability of the platform is assured.

(10) Unless the crane hook has a safety latch or is

moused, the lifting bridles on working platforms suspended from cranes shall be attached by shackles to the

lower lifting block or other positive means shall be taken

to prevent them from becoming accidentally disengaged

from the crane hook.

(c) Independent pole wood scaffolds. (1) All pole uprights

shall be set plumb. Poles shall rest on a foundation of

sufficient size and strength to

 distribute the load and to prevent displacement.

(2) In light-duty scaffolds, not more than 24 feet (7.3

meters) in height, poles may be spliced by overlapping

the ends not less than 4 feet (1.2 meters) and securely

nailing them together. A substantial cleat shall be nailed

to the lower section to form a support for the upper

section except when bolted connections are used.

(3) All other poles to be spliced shall be squared at the

ends of each splice, abutted, and rigidly fastened together

by not less than two cleats securely nailed or bolted

thereto. Each cleat shall overlap each pole end by at least

24 inches (60.9 centimeters) and shall have a width equal

to the face of the pole to which it is attached. The

combined cross sectional area of the cleats shall be not

less than the cross sectional area of the pole.

(4) Ledgers shall extend over two consecutive pole

spaces and shall overlap the poles at each end by not less

than 4 inches (10 centimeters). They shall be left in

position to brace the poles as the platform is raised with

the progress of the work. Ledgers shall be level and shall

be securely nailed or bolted to each pole and shall be

placed against the inside face of each pole.

(5) All bearers shall be set with their greater dimension

vertical and shall extend beyond the ledgers upon which

they rest.

(6) Diagonal bracing shall be provided between the

parallel poles, and cross bracing shall be provided

56
between the inner and outer poles or from the outer poles

to the ground.

(7) Minimum dimensions and spacing of members shall

be in accordance with Table E-l in § 1915.118.

(8) Platform planking shall be in accordance with the

requirements of paragraph (i) of this section.

(9) Backrails and toeboards shall be in accordance with

the requirements of paragraph (j) of this section.

(d) Independent pole metal scaffolds. (1) Metal scaffold

members shall be maintained in good repair and free of

corrosion.

(2) All vertical and horizontal members shall be fastened

together with a coupler or locking device which will

form a positive connection. The locking device shall be

of a type which has no loose parts.

(3) Posts shall be kept plumb during erection and the

scaffold shall be subsequently kept plumb and rigid by

means of adequate bracing.

(4) Posts shall be fitted with bases supported on a firm

foundation to distribute the load. When wooden sills are

used, the bases shall be fastened thereto.

(5) Bearers shall be located at each set of posts, at each

level, and at each intermediate level where working

platforms are installed.

(6) Tubular bracing shall be applied both lengthwise and

crosswise as required.

(7) Platform planking shall be in accordance with the

requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.

(8) Backrails and toeboards shall be in accordance with

the requirements of paragraph (j) of this section.

(e) Wood trestle and extension trestle ladders. (1) The

use of trestle ladders, or extension sections or base sections

of extension trestle ladders longer than 20 feet (6 meters) is

prohibited. The total height of base and extension may,

however, be more than 20 feet (6 meters).

(2) The minimum dimensions of the side rails of the

trestle ladder, or the base sections of the extension trestle

ladder, shall be as follows:

57
(i) Ladders up to and including those 16 feet

(4.8 meters) long shall have side rails of not less than

1-5/16 X 2-3/4 inch (3.3 x 6.9 centimeters) lumber.

(ii) Ladders over 16 feet long (4.8 meters) and up to

and including those 20 feet (6 meters) long shall have

side rails of not less than 1-5/16 X 3 inch (3.3 x 7.6

centimeters) lumber.

(3) The side rails of the extension section of the extension trestle ladder shall be parallel and shall have

minimum dimensions as follows:

(i) Ladders up to and including 12 feet (3.6 meters)

long shall have side rails of not less than

1-5/16 X 2-1/4 inch (3.3 x 5.7 centimeters) lumber.

(ii) Ladders over 12 feet (3.6 meters) long and up to

and including those 16 feet (4.8 meters) long shall

have side rails of not less than 1-5/16 X 2-1/2 inch

(3.3 x 6.3 centimeters) lumber.

(iii) Ladders over 16 feet (4.8 meters) long and up to

and including those 20 feet (6 meters) long shall have

side rails of not less than 1-5/16 X 2-1/2 inch

(3.3 x 6.3 centimeters) lumber.

(4) Trestle ladders and base sections of extension trestle

ladders shall be so spread that when in an open position

the spread of the trestle at the bottom, inside to inside,

shall be not less than 5-1/2 inches (13.9 centimeters) per

foot (30 centimeters) of the length of the ladder.

(5) The width between the side rails at the bottom of the

trestle ladder or of the base section of the extension

trestle ladder shall be not less than 21 inches

(53.3 centimeters) for all ladders and sections 6 feet

(1.8 meters) or less in length. For longer lengths of

ladder, the width shall be increased at least 1 inch (25

millimeters) for each additional foot (30 centimeters) of

length. The width between the side rails of the extension

section of the trestle ladder shall be not less than 12

inches (30 centimeters).

(6) In order to limit spreading, the top ends of the side

rails of both the trestle ladder and of the base section of

the extension trestle ladder shall be beveled, or of

equivalent construction, and shall be provided with a

metal hinge .

58
(7) A metal spreader or locking device to hold the front

and back sections in an open position, and to hold the

extension section securely in the elevated position, shall

be a component of each trestle ladder or extension ladder.

(8) Rungs shall be parallel and level. On the trestle

ladder, or on the base section of the extension trestle

ladder, rungs shall be spaced not less than 8 inches (20

centimeters) nor more than 18 inches (45 centimeters)

apart; on the extension section of the extension trestle

ladder, rungs shall be spaced not less than 6 inches

(15 centimeters) nor more than 12 inches (30

centimeters) apart.

(9) Platform planking shall be in accordance with the

requirements of paragraph (i) of this section, except that

the width of the platform planking shall not exceed the

distance between the siderails.

(10) Backrails and toeboards shall be in accordance with

the requirements of paragraph (j) of this section.

(f) Painters’ suspended scaffolds. (1) The supporting

hooks of swinging scaffolds shall be constructed to be

equivalent in strength to mild steel or wrought iron, shall be

forged with care, shall be not less than 7/8 inch (2.2

millimeters) in diameter, and shall be secured to a safe

anchorage at all times.

(2) The ropes supporting a swinging scaffold shall be

equivalent in strength to first-grade 3/4 inch (19 millimeters) diameter manila rope properly rigged into a set of

standard 6 inch (15 centimeters) blocks consisting of at

least one double and one single block.

(3) Manila and wire ropes shall be carefully examined

before each operation and thereafter as frequently as may

be necessary to ensure their safe condition.

(4) Each end of the scaffold platform shall be supported

by a wrought iron or mild steel stirrup or hanger, which

in turn is supported by the suspension ropes.

(5) Stirrups shall be constructed so as to be equivalent in

strength to wrought iron 3/4 inch (19 millimeters) in

diameter.

(6) The stirrups shall be formed with a horizontal bottom

member to support the platform, shall be provided with

means to support the guardrail and midrail and shall have

a loop or eye at the top for securing the supporting hook

on the block.

59
(7) Two or more swinging scaffolds shall not at any time

be combined into one by bridging the distance between

them with planks or any other form of platform.

(8) No more than two men shall be permitted to work at

one time on a swinging scaffold built to the minimum

specifications contained in this paragraph. Where heavier

construction is used, the number of men permitted to

work on the scaffold shall be determined by the size and

the safe working load of the scaffold.

(9) Backrails and toeboards shall be in accordance with

the requirements of paragraph (j) of this section.

(10) The swinging scaffold platform shall be one of the

three types described in paragraphs (f) (11), (12), and

(13) of this section.

(11) The ladder-type platform consists of boards upon a

horizontal ladder-like structure, referred to herein as the

ladder, the side rails of which are parallel. If this type of

platform is used the following requirements shall be met.

(i) The width between the side rails shall be no more

than 20 inches (50 centimeters).

(ii) The side rails of ladders in ladder-type platforms

shall be equivalent in strength to a beam of clear

straight-grained spruce of the dimensions contained in

Table E-2 in § 1915.118.

(iii) The side rails shall be tied together with the tie

rods. The tie rods shall be not less than 5/16 inch (7.9

millimeters) in diameter, located no more than 5 feet

(1.5 meters) apart, pass through the rails, and be

riveted up tight against washers at both ends.

(iv) The rungs shall be of straight-grained oak, ash, or

hickory, not less than 1-1/8 inches (29 millimeters)

diameter, with 7/8 inch (2.2 millimeters) tenons

mortised into the side rails not less than 7/8 inch (2.2

millimeters) and shall be spaced no more than 18

inches (45 centimeters) on centers.

(v) Flooring strips shall be spaced no more than 5/8

inch (15 millimeters) apart except at the side rails,

where 1 inch (25 millimeters) spacing is permissible.

(vi) Flooring strips shall be cleated on their

 undersides.

60
(12) The plank-type platform consists of planks supported on the stirrups or hangers. If this type of platform

is used, the following requirements shall be met.

(i) The planks of plank-type platforms shall be of not

less than 2 x 10 inch (5 x 25 centimeters) lumber.

(ii) The platform shall be no more than 24 inches (60

centimeters) in width.

(iii) The planks shall be tied together by cleats of not

less than 1 x 6 inch (2.5 x 15 centimeters) lumber,

nailed on their under sides at intervals of not more

than 4 feet (1.2 meters).

(iv) The planks shall extend not less than 6 inches (15

centimeters) nor more than 18 inches (45 centimeters)

beyond the supporting stirrups.

(v) A cleat shall be nailed across the platform on the

underside at each end outside the stirrup to prevent

the platform from slipping off the stirrup.

(vi) Stirrup supports shall be not more than 10 feet (3

meters) apart.

(13) The beam-type platform consists of longitudinal side

stringers with cross beams set on edge and spaced not

more than 4 feet (1.2 meters) apart on which longitudinal

plat form planks are laid. If this type platform is used, the

following requirements shall be met:

(i) The side stringers shall be of sound, straightgrained

lumber, free from knots, and of not less than 2 x 6

inch (5 x 15 centimeters) lumber, set on edge.

(ii) The stringers shall be supported on the stirrups

with a clear span between stirrups of not more than 16

feet (4.8 meters).

(iii) The stringers shall be bolted to the stirrups by Ubolts passing around the stirrups and bolted through

the stringers with nuts drawn up tight on the Inside

face.

(iv) The ends of the stringers shall extend beyond the

stirrups not less than 6 inches (15 centimeters) nor

more than 12 inches (30 centimeters) at each end of

the platform.

61
(v) The platform shall be supported on cross beams of

2 x 6 inch (5 x 15 centimeters) lumber between the

side stringers securely nailed thereto and spaced not

more than 4 feet (1.2 meters) on centers.

(vi) The platform shall be not more than 24 inches (60

centimeters) wide.

(vii) The platform shall be formed of boards 7/8 inch

(22.2 millimeters) in thickness by not less than

6 inches (15 centimeters) in width, nailed tightly

together, and extending to the outside face of the

stringers.

(viii) The ends of all platform boards shall rest on the

top of the cross beams, shall be securely nailed and at

no intermediate points in the length of the platform

shall there be any cantilever ends.

(g) Horse scaffolds. (1) The minimum dimensions of

lumber used in the construction of horses shall be in

accordance with Table E-3 in § 1915.118.

(2) Horses constructed of materials other than lumber

shall provide the strength, rigidity and security required

of horses constructed of lumber.

(3) The lateral spread of the legs shall be equal to not less

than one-third of the height of the horse.

(4) All horses shall be kept in good repair, and shall be

properly secured when used in staging or in locations

where they may be insecure.

(5) Platform planking shall be in accordance with the

requirements of paragraph (i) of this section.

(6) Backrails and toeboards shall be in accordance with

paragraph (j) of this section.

(h) Other types of scaffolds.

(1) Scaffolds of a type for which specifications are not

contained in this section shall meet the general requirements of paragraphs (b), (i), and (j) of this section, shall

be in accordance with recognized principles of design

and shall be constructed in accordance with accepted

standards covering such equipment.

62
(i) Scaffold or platform planking.

(1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (f) (11)

and (13) of this section, platform planking shall be of not

less than 2 x 10 inch (5 centimeters x 25 centimeters)

lumber. Platform planking shall be straight-grained and

free from large or loose knots and may be either rough or

dressed.

(2) Platforms of staging shall be not less then two 10 inch

(25 centimeters) planks in width except in such cases as

the structure of the vessel or the width of the trestle

ladders make it impossible to provide such a width.

(3) Platform planking shall project beyond the supporting

members at either end by at least 6 inches (15 centimeters) but in no case shall project more than 12 inches (30

centimeters) unless the planks are fastened to the

supporting members.

(4) Table E-4 in § 1915.118 shall be used as a guide in

determining safe loads for scaffold planks.

(j) Backrails and toeboards.

(1) Scaffolding, staging, runways, or working platforms

which are supported or suspended more than 5 feet (1.5

meters) above a solid surface, or at any distance above

the water shall be provided with a railing which has a top

rail whose upper surface is from 42 to 45 inches (105 to

112 centimeters) above the upper surface of the staging,

platform, or runway and a midrail located halfway

between the upper rail and the staging, platform, or

runway.

(2) Rails shall be of 2 x 4 inch (5 x 10 centimeters)

lumber, flat bar or pipe. When used with rigid supports,

taut wire or fiber rope of adequate strength may be used.

If the distance between supports is more than 8 feet (2.4

meters), rails shall be equivalent in strength to 2 x 4 inch

(5 x 10 centimeters) lumber. Rails shall be firmly secured. Where exposed to hot work or chemicals, fiber

rope rails shall not be used.

(3) Rails may be omitted where the structure of the vessel

prevents their use. When rails are omitted, employees

working more than 5 feet above (1.5 meters) solid

surfaces shall be protected by safety belts and life lines

meeting the requirements of § 1915.154(b), and employees working over water shall be protected by buoyant

work vests meeting the requirements of § 1915.151(a).

63
(4) Employees working from swinging scaffolds which

are triced out of a vertical line below their supports or

from scaffolds on paint floats subject to surging, shall be

protected against falling toward the vessel by a railing or

a safety belt and line attached to the backrail.

(5) When necessary, to prevent tools and materials from

falling on men below, toeboards of not less than 1 x 4

inch (25 centimeters x 10 centimeters) lumber shall be

provided.

(k) Access to staging.

(1) Access from below to staging more than 5 feet (1.5

meters) above a floor, deck or the ground shall consist of

well secured stairways, cleated ramps, fixed or portable

ladders meeting the applicable requirements of § 1915.72

or rigid type non-collapsible trestles with parallel and

level rungs.

(2) Ramps and stairways shall be provided with 36-inch

(91 centimeters) handrails with midrails.

(3) Ladders shall be so located or other means shall be

taken so that it is not necessary for employees to step

more than one foot from the ladder to any intermediate

landing or platform.

(4) Ladders forming integral parts of prefabricated

staging are deemed to meet the requirements of these

regulations.

(5) Access from above to staging more than 3 feet (0.9

meters) below the point of access shall consist of a

straight, portable ladder meeting the applicable requirements of § 1915.72 or a Jacob’s ladder properly secured,

meeting the requirements of § 1915.74(d).

§1915.72—Ladders

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) General requirements.

(1) The use of ladders with broken or missing rungs or

steps, broken or split side rails, or other faulty or defective construction is prohibited. When ladders with such

defects are discovered, they shall be immediately

withdrawn from service. Inspection of metal ladders shall

include checking for corrosion of interiors of open end,

hollow rungs.

64
(2) When sections of ladders are spliced, the ends shall

be abutted, and no fewer than 2 cleats shall be securely

nailed or bolted to each rail. The combined cross

sectional area of the cleats shall be not less than the cross

sectional area of the side rail. The dimensions of side

rails for their total length shall be those specified in

paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section.

(3) Portable ladders shall be lashed, blocked or otherwise

secured to prevent their being displaced. The side rails of

ladders used for access to any level shall extend not less

than 36 inches (91 centimeters) above that level. When

this is not practical, grab rails which will provide a

secure grip for an employee moving to or from the point

of access shall be installed.

(4) Portable metal ladders shall be of strength equivalent

to that of wood ladders. Manufactured portable metal

ladders provided by the employer shall be in accordance

with the provisions of the American National Standards

Institute Safety Code for Portable Metal Ladders,

A14.2—1972.

(5) Portable metal ladders shall not be used near electrical conductors nor for electric arc welding operations.

(6) Manufactured portable wood ladders provided by the

employer shall be in accordance with the provisions of

the American National Standards Institute Safety Code

for Portable Wood Ladders, A14—1975.

(b) Construction of portable wood cleated ladders up to

30 feet (9 meters) in length.

(1) Wood side rails shall be made from West Coast

hemlock, Eastern spruce, Sitka spruce, or wood of

equivalent strength. Material shall be seasoned, straightgrained wood, and free from shakes, checks, decay or

other defects which will impair its strength. The use of

low density woods is prohibited.

(2) Side rails shall be dressed on all sides and kept free of

splinters.

(3) All knots shall be sound and hard. The use of material

containing loose knots is prohibited. Knots shall not

appear on the narrow face of the rail and, when in the

side face, shall not be more than 1/2 inch (1.2 centimeters) in diameter or within 1/2 inch (1.2 centimeters) of

the edge of the rail or nearer than 3 inches (7.6 centimeters) to a tread or rung.

65
(4) Pitch pockets not exceeding 1/8 inch (0.31 centimeters) in width, 2 inches (5 centimeters) in length and 1/2

inch (1.2 centimeters) in depth are permissible in wood

side rails, provided that not more than one such pocket

appears in each 4 feet (1.2 meters) of length.

(5) The width between side rails at the base shall be not

less than 11-1/2 inches (29.2 centimeters) for ladders

10 feet (3 meters) or less in length.

For longer ladders this width shall be increased at least

1/4 inch (6 millimeters) for each additional 2 feet

(0.6 meters) in length.

(6) Side rails shall be at least 1-5/8 x 3-5/8 inches

(4 x 9 centimeters) in cross section.

(7) Cleats (meaning rungs rectangular in cross section

with the wide dimension parallel to the rails) shall be of

the material used for side rails, straight-grained and free

from knots. Cleats shall be mortised into the edges of the

side rails 1/2 inch (1.2 centimeters), or filler blocks shall

be used on the rails between the cleats. The cleats shall

be secured to each rail with three lOd common wire nails

or fastened with through bolts or other fasteners of

equivalent strength. Cleats shall be uniformly spaced not

more than 12 inches (30 centimeters) apart.

(8) Cleats 20 inches (50 centimeters) or less in length

shall be at least 25/32 x 3 inches (1.9 x 7.6 centimeters)

in cross section. Cleats over 20 inches (50 centimeters)

but not more than 30 inches (76 centimeters) in length

shall be at least 25/32 x 3-3/4 inches (1.9 x 9.5 centimeters) in cross section.

(c) Construction of portable wood cleated ladders from

30 feet (9 meters) to 60 feet (18 meters) in length.

(1) Ladders from 30 feet (9 meters) to 60 feet (18 meters)

in length shall be in accordance with the specifications of

paragraph (b) of this section with the following

exceptions:

(i) Rails shall be of not less than 2 x 6 inch

(5 x 15 centimeters) lumber.

(ii) Cleats shall be of not less than 1 x 4 inch

(2.5 x 10 centimeters) lumber.

(iii) Cleats shall be nailed to each rail with five lOd

common wire nails or fastened with through bolts or

other fastenings of equivalent strength.

66
§1915.73—Guarding of Deck Openings and Edges

(a) The provisions of this section shall apply to ship

repairing and shipbuilding operations and shall not apply to

shipbreaking .

(b) When employees are working in the vicinity of flush

manholes and other small openings of comparable size in

the deck and other working surfaces, such openings shall be

suitably covered or guarded to a height of not less than 30

inches, (76 centimeters) except where the use of such

guards is made impracticable by the work actually in

progress.

(c) When employees are working around open hatches not

protected by coamings to a height of 24 inches (60 centimeters) or around other large openings, the edge of the

opening shall be guarded in the working area to height of

36 to 42 inches (91 to 106 centimeters), except where the

use of such guards is made impracticable by the work

actually in progress.

(d) When employees are exposed to unguarded edges of

decks, platforms, flats, and similar flat surfaces, more than

5 feet (1.5 meters) above a solid surface, the edges shall be

guarded by adequate guardrails meeting the requirements

of § 1915.71(j)(1) and (2), unless the nature of the work in

progress or the physical conditions prohibit the use or

installation of such guardrails.

(e) When employees are working near the unguarded edges

of decks of vessels afloat, they shall be protected by

personal flotation devices, meeting the requirements of

§ l9l 5.l 54(a).

(f) Sections of bilges from which floor plates or gratings

have been removed shall be guarded by guardrails except

where they would interfere with work in progress. If these

open sections are in a walkway at least two 10-inch (25

centimeters) planks placed side by side, or equivalent, shall

be laid across the opening to provide a safe walking

surface.

(g) Gratings, walkways, and catwalks, from which sections

or ladders have been removed, shall be barricaded with

adequate guardrails.

§ 1915.74—Access to Vessels

(a) Access to vessels afloat. The employer shall not permit

employees to board or leave any vessel, except a barge or river

towboat, until the following requirements have been met:

67
(1) Whenever practicable, a gangway of not less than 20

inches (50 centimeters) walking surface of adequate

strength, maintained in safe repair and safely secured

shall be used. If a gangway is not practicable, a substantial straight ladder, extending at least 36 inches (91

centimeters) above the upper landing surface and

adequately secured against shifting or slipping shall be

provided. When conditions are such that neither a

gangway nor a straight ladder can be used, a Jacob’s

ladder meeting the requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) and

(2) of this section may be used.

(2) Each side of such gangway, and the turntable if used,

shall have a railing with a minimum height of approximately 33 inches (83.8 centimeters) measured perpendicularly from rail to walking surface at the stanchion,

with a mid rail. Rails shall be of wood, pipe, chain, wire

or rope and shall be kept taut at all times.

(3) Gangways on vessels inspected and certificated by

the U.S. Coast Guard are deemed to meet the foregoing

requirements, except in cases where the vessel’s regular

gangway is not being used.

(4) The gangway shall be kept properly trimmed at all

times.

(5) When a fixed tread accommodations ladder is used,

and the angle is low enough to require employees to walk

on the edge of the treads, cleated duckboards shall be laid

over and secured to the ladder.

(6) When the lower end of a gangway overhangs the

water between the ship and the dock in such a manner

that there is danger of employees falling between the ship

and the dock, a net or other suitable protection shall be

rigged at the foot of the gangway in such a manner as to

prevent employees from falling from the end of the

gangway.

(7) If the foot of the gangway is more than one foot (30

centimeters) away from the edge of the apron, the space

between them shall be bridged by a firm walkway

equipped with railings, with a minimum height of

approximately 33 inches (83.8 centimeters) with midrails

on both sides.

(8) Supporting bridles shall be kept clear so as to permit

unobstructed passage for employees using the gangway.

68
(9) When the upper end of the means of access rests on

or is flush with the top of the bulwark, substantial steps

properly secured and equipped with at least one substantial handrail approximately 33 inches (83.8 centimeters)

in height shall be provided between the top of the bulwark and the deck.

(10) Obstructions shall not be laid on or across the

gangway.

(11) The means of access shall be adequately illuminated

for its full length.

(12) Unless the construction of the vessel makes it

impossible, the means of access shall be so located that

drafts of cargo do not pass over it. In any event, loads

shall not be passed over the means of access while

employees are on it.

(b) Access to vessels in drydock or between vessels.

Gangways meeting the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1),

(2), (9), (10), (11) of this section shall be provided for

access from wingwall to vessel or, when two or more

vessels, other than barges or river towboats, are Iying

abreast, from one vessel to another.

(c) Access to barges and river rowboats.

(1) Ramps for access of vehicles to or between barges

shall be of adequate strength, provided with side boards,

well maintained and properly secured.

(2) Unless employees can step safely to or from the

wharf, float, barge, or river towboat, either a ramp in

accordance with the requirements of subparagraph (1) of

this paragraph or a safe walkway in accordance with the

requirements of paragraph (a)(7) of this section shall be

provided. When a walkway is impracticable, a substantial

straight ladder, extending at least 36 inches (91 centimeters) above the upper landing surface and adequately

secured against shifting or slipping, shall be provided.

When conditions are such that neither a walkway nor a

straight ladder can be used, a Jacob’s ladder in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this

section may be used.

(3) The means of access shall be in accordance with the

requirements of paragraphs (a) (9), (10), and (11) of this

section.

69
(d) Jacob’s ladders.

(1) Jacob’s ladders shall be of the double rung or flat

tread type. They shall be well maintained and properly

secured.

(2) A Jacob’s ladder shall either hang without slack from

its lashings or be pulled up entirely.

§1915.75—Access to and Guarding of Dry Docks and

Marine Railways

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) A gangway, ramp or permanent stairway of not less than

20 inches (50 centimeters) walking surface, of adequate

strength, maintained in safe repair and securely fastened,

shall be provided between a floating dry dock and the pier

or bulkhead .

(b) Each side of such gangway, ramp or permanent stairway, including those which are used for access to wing

walls from dry dock floors, shall have a railing with a mid

rail. Such railings on gangways or ramps shall be approximately 42 inches (106 centimeters) in height; and railings

on permanent stairways shall be not less than approximately 30 inches (76 centimeters) or more than approximately 34 inches (86 centimeters) in height. Rails shall be

of wood, pipe, chain, wire, or rope, and shall be kept taut at

all times.

(c) Railings meeting the requirements of paragraph (b) of

this section shall be provided on the means of access to and

from the floors of graving docks.

(d) Railings approximately 42 inches (106 centimeters) in

height, with a mid rail, shall be provided on the edges of

wing walls of floating dry docks and on edges of graving

docks. Sections of the railings may be temporarily removed

where necessary to permit line handling while a vessel is

entering or leaving the dock.

(e) When employees are working on the floor of a floating

dry dock where they are exposed to the hazard of falling

into the water, the end of the dry dock shall be equipped

with portable stanchions and 42 inch (106 centimeters)

railings with a mid rail. When such a railing would be

impracticable or ineffective, other effective means shall be

provided to prevent men from falling into the water.

70
(f) Access to wing walls from floors of dry docks shall be

by ramps, permanent stairways or ladders meeting the

applicable requirements of § 1915.72.

(g) Catwalks on stiles of marine railways shall be no less

than 20 inches (50 centimeters) wide and shall have on at

least one side a guardrail and midrail meeting the

requirements of § 1915.71(j)(1) and (2).

§1915.76—Access to Cargo Spaces and Confined Spaces

The provisions of this section apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking except that paragraph (a)(4)

of this section applies to ship repairing only.

(a) Cargo spaces.

(1) There shall be at least one safe and accessible ladder

in any cargo space which employees must enter.

(2) When any fixed ladder is visibly unsafe, the employer

shall prohibit its use by employees.

(3) Straight ladders of adequate strength and suitably

secured against shifting or slipping shall be provided as

necessary when fixed ladders in cargo spaces do not meet

the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

When conditions are such that a straight ladder cannot be

used, a Jacob’s ladder meeting the requirements of

§ 1915.74(d) may be used.

(4) When cargo is stowed within 4 inches (10 centimeters) of the back of ladder rungs, the ladder shall be

deemed “unsafe” for the purpose of this section.

(5) Fixed ladders or straight ladders provided for access

to cargo spaces shall not be used at the same time that

cargo drafts, equipment, materials, scrap or other loads

are entering or leaving the hold. Before using these

ladders to enter or leave the hold, the employee shall be

required to inform the winchman or crane signalman of

his intention.

(b) Confined spaces

(1) More than one means of access shall be provided to a

confined space in which employees are working and in

which the work may generate a hazardous atmosphere in

the space except where the structure or arrangement of

the vessel makes this provision impractical.

71
(2) When the ventilation ducts required by these regulations must pass through these means of access, the ducts

shall be of such a type and so arranged as to permit free

passage of an employee through at least two of these

means of access.

§ 1915.77—Working Surfaces

(a) Paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section shall apply to

ship repairing, shipbuilding operations and shall not apply

to shipbreaking. Paragraph (e) of this section shall apply to

shipbuilding, ship repairing and shipbreaking operations.

(b) When firebox floors present tripping hazards of

exposed tubing or of missing or removed refractory,

sufficient planking to afford safe footing shall be laid while

work is being carried on within the boiler.

(c) When employees are working aloft, or elsewhere at

elevations more than 5 feet (1.5 meters) above a solid

surface, either scaffolds or a sloping ladder, meeting the

requirements of this subpart, shall be used to afford safe

footing, or the employees shall be protected by safety belts

and lifelines meeting the requirements of § 1915.154(b).

Employees visually restricted by blasting hoods, welding

helmets, and burning goggles shall work from scaffolds,

not from ladders, except for the initial and final welding or

burning operation to start or complete a job, such as the

erection and dismantling of hung scaffolding, or other

similar, nonrepetitive jobs of brief duration.

(d) For work performed in restricted quarters, such as

behind boilers and in between congested machinery units

and piping, work platforms at least 20 inches (50 centimeters) wide meeting the requirements of §1915.71(i)(1) shall

be used. Backrails may be omitted if bulkheading, boilers,

machinery units, or piping afford proper protection against

falling.

(e) When employees are boarding, leaving, or working

from small boats or floats, they shall be protected by

personal flotation devices meeting the requirements of

§ 1915.154

Subpart F—General Working Conditions

§1915.91—Housekeeping

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking except that paragraphs (c)

and (e) of this section do not apply to shipbreaking.

72
(a) Good housekeeping conditions shall be maintained at

all times. Adequate aisles and passageways shall be

maintained in all work areas. All staging platforms, ramps,

stairways, walkways, aisles, and passageways on vessels or

drydocks shall be kept clear of all tools, materials, and

equipment except that which is in use, and all debris such

as welding rod tips, bolts, nuts, and similar material. Hoses

and electric conductors shall be elevated over or placed

under the walkway or working surfaces or covered by

adequate crossover planks.

(b) All working areas on or immediately surrounding

vessels and drydocks, graving docks, or marine railways

shall be kept reasonably free of debris, and construction

material shall be so piled as not to present a hazard to

employees.

(c) Slippery conditions on walkways or working surfaces

shall be eliminated as they occur.

(d) Free access shall be maintained at all times to all exits

and to all fire-alarm boxes or fire-extinguishing equipment.

(e) All oils, paints thinners, solvents, waste, rags, or other

flammable substances shall be kept in fire resistant covered

containers when not in use.

§1915.92—Illumination

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) All means of access and walkways leading to working

areas as well as the working areas themselves shall be

adequately illuminated.

(b) Temporary lights shall meet the following requirements:

(1) Temporary lights shall be equipped with guards to

prevent accidental contact with the bulb, except that

guards are not required when the construction of the

reflector is such that the bulb is deeply recessed.

(2) Temporary lights shall be equipped with heavy duty

electric cords with connections and insulation maintained

in safe condition. Temporary lights shall not be suspended by their electric cords unless cords and lights are

designed for this means of suspension. Splices which

have insulation equal to that of the cable are permitted.

73
(3) Cords shall be kept clear of working spaces and

walkways or other locations in which they are readily

exposed to damage.

(c) Exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of temporary

lights furnished by the employer shall be grounded either

through a third wire in the cable containing the circuit

conductors or through a separate wire which is grounded at

the source of the current. Grounding shall be in accordance

with the requirements of § 1915.132 (b).

(d) Where temporary lighting from sources outside the

vessel is the only means of illumination, portable emergency lighting equipment shall be available to provide

illumination for safe movement of employees.

(e) Employees shall not be permitted to enter dark spaces

without a suitable portable light. The use of matches and

open flame lights is prohibited. In non gas-free spaces,

portable lights shall meet the requirements of § 1915.13.

(f) Temporary lighting stringers or streamers shall be so

arranged as to avoid overloading of branch circuits. Each

branch circuit shall be equipped with overcurrent protection

of capacity not exceeding the rated current carrying

capacity of the cord used.

§1915.93—Utilities

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking except that paragraph (c) of

this section applies to ship repairing and shipbuilding only.

(a) Steam supply and hoses.

(1) Prior to supplying a vessel with steam from a source

outside the vessel, the employer shall ascertain from

responsible vessel’s representatives, having knowledge of

the condition of the plant, the safe working pressure of

the vessel’s steam system. The employer shall install a

pressure gauge and a relief valve of proper size and

capacity at the point where the temporary steam hose

joins the vessel’s steam piping system or systems. The

relief valve shall be set and capable of relieving at a

pressure not exceeding the safe working pressure of the

vessel’s system in its present condition, and there shall be

no means of isolating the relief valve from the system

which it protects. The pressure gauge and relief valve

shall be located so as to be visible and readily accessible.

(2) Steam hose and fittings shall have a safety factor of

not less than 5.

74
(3) When a steam hose is hung in a bight or bights, the

weight shall be relieved by appropriate lines. The hose

shall be protected against chafing.

(4) Steam hose shall be protected from damage and hose

and temporary piping shall be so shielded where passing

through normal work areas as to prevent accidental

contact by employees.

(b) Electric power.

(1) When the vessel is supplied with electric power from

a source outside the vessel, the following precautions

shall be taken prior to energizing the vessel’s circuits:

(i) If in dry dock, the vessel shall be adequately

grounded .

(ii) The employer shall ascertain from responsible

vessel’s representatives, having knowledge of the

condition of the vessel’s electrical system, that all

circuits to be energized are in a safe condition.

(iii) All circuits to be energized shall be equipped with

overcurrent protection of capacity not exceeding the

rated current carrying capacity of the cord used.

(c) Infrared electrical heal lamps.

(1) All infrared electrical heat lamps shall be equipped

with guards that surround the lamps with the exception of

the face, to minimize accidental contact with the lamps .

§1915.94—Work In Confined or Isolated Spaces

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking. When any work is performed in a confined space, except as provided in

§ 1915.51(c)(3), or when an employee is working alone in

an isolated location, frequent checks shall be made to

ensure the safety of the employees.

§1915.95—Work On or In the Vicinity of Radar and

Radio

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing

and shipbuilding.

(a) No employees other than radar or radio repairmen shall

be permitted to work on masts, king posts or other aloft

areas unless the radar and radio are secured or otherwise

75
made incapable of radiation. In either event, the radio and

radar shall be appropriately tagged.

(b) Testing of radar or radio shall not be done until the

employer can schedule such tests at a time when no work is

in progress aloft or personnel can be cleared from the

danger area according to minimum safe distances established for and based on the type, model, and power of the

equipment.

§1915.96—Work In or On Lifeboats

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding, and shipbreaking except that paragraph (b) of

this section applies to ship repairing and shipbuilding only.

(a) Before employees are permitted to work in or on a

lifeboat, either stowed or in a suspended position, the

employer shall ensure that the boat is secured independently of the releasing gear to prevent the boat from falling

due to accidental tripping of the releasing gear and movement of the davits or capsizing of a boat in chocks .

(b) Employees shall not be permitted to remain in boats

while the boats are being hoisted into final stowed position.

(c) Employees shall not be permitted to work on the

outboard side of lifeboats stowed on their chocks unless the

boats are secured by gripes or otherwise secured to prevent

them from swinging outboard.

§1915.97—Health and Sanitation

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding, and shipbreaking except where indicated

otherwise.

(a) The employer shall provide all necessary controls, and

the employees shall be protected by suitable personal

protective equipment against the hazards identified under

§ 1915.99 of this part and those hazards for which specific

precautions are required in Subparts B, C, and D of this

part.

(b) The employer shall provide adequate washing facilities

for employees engaged in the application of paints or

coatings or in other operations where contaminants can, by

ingestion or absorption, be detrimental to the health of the

employees. The employer shall encourage good personal

hygiene practices by informing the employees of the need

for removing surface contaminants by thorough washing of

hands and face prior to eating or smoking.

76
(c) The employer shall not permit employees to eat or

smoke in areas undergoing surface preparation or preservation or where shipbreaking operations produce atmospheric

contaminants.

(d) The employer shall not permit employees engaged in

ship repair work on a vessel to work in the immediate

vicinity of uncovered garbage and shall ensure that

employees working beneath or on the outboard side of a

vessel are not subject to contamination by drainage or

waste from overboard discharges.

(e) No minor under 18 years of age shall be employed in

shipbreaking or related employments.

§1915.98—First Aid

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Unless a first aid room and a qualified attendant are

close at hand and prepared to render first aid to employees

on behalf of the employer, the employer shall furnish a first

aid kit for each vessel on which work is being performed

except that when work is being performed on more than

one small vessel at one pier, only one kit shall be required.

The kit, when required, shall be kept close to the vessel and

at least one employee, close at hand, shall be qualified to

administer first aid to the injured.

(b) The first aid kit shall consist of a weatherproof container with individual sealed packages for each type of

item: The contents of such kit shall contain a sufficient

quantity of at least the following types of item:

Gauze roller bandages, 1 inch (2.5 centimeters) and 2 inch

(5 centimeters). Gauze compress bandages, 4 inch (10

centimeters). Adhesive bandages, 1 inch (2.5 centimeters).

Triangular bandage, 40 inch (100 centimeters). Ammonia

inhalants and ampules. Antiseptic applicators or swabs.

Burn dressing. Eye dressing. Wire or thin board splints.

Forceps and tourniquet.

(c) The contents of the first aid kit shall be checked before

being sent out on each job and at least weekly on each job

to ensure that the expended items are replaced.

(d) There shall be available lor each vessel on which 10 or

more employees are working one Stokes basket stretcher.

or equivalent, permanently equipped with bridles for

attaching to the hoisting gear, except that no more than

77
two stretchers are required on each job location. A blanket

or other liner suitable for transferring the patient to and

from the stretcher shall be provided. Stretchers shall be

kept close to the vessels. This paragraph does not apply

where ambulance services which are available are known to

carry such stretchers.

1915.100—Retention of DOT markings, placards, and

labels

(a) Any employer who receives a package of hazardous

material which is required to be marked, labeled or

placarded in accordance with the U.S. Department of

Transportation’s Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR

parts 171 through 180) shall retain those markings, labels,

and placards on the package until the packaging is sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to remove

any potential hazards.

(b) Any employer who receives a freight container, rail

freight car, motor vehicle, or transport vehicle that is

required to be marked or placarded in accordance with the

Hazardous Materials Regulations shall retain those markings and placards on the freight container, rail freight car,

motor vehicle or transport vehicle until the hazardous

materials which require the marking or placarding are

sufficiently removed to prevent any potential hazards.

(c) Markings, placards, and labels shall be maintained in a

manner that ensures that they are readily visible.

(d) For non-bulk packages which will not be reshipped, the

provisions of this section are met if a label or other acceptable marking is affixed in accordance with the Hazard

Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).

(e) For the purposes of this section, the term “hazardous

material” and any other terms not defined in this section

have the same definition as in the Hazardous Materials

Regulations (49 CFR parts 171 through 180).

Subpart G—Gear and Equipment for Rigging

and Materials Handling

§ 1915.111—Inspection

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) All gear and equipment provided by the employer for

rigging and materials handling shall be inspected before

78
each shift and when necessary at intervals during its use to

ensure that it is safe. Defective gear shall be removed and

repaired or replaced before further use.

(b) The safe working load of gear as specified in

§§ 1915.112 and 1915.113 shall not be exceeded.

§1915.112—Ropes, Chains and Slings

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Manila rope and manila rope slings.

(1) Table G-l in § 1915.118 shall be used to determine the

safe working load of various sizes of manila rope and

manila rope slings at various angles, except that higher

safe working loads are permissible when recommended

by the manufacturer for specific, identifiable products,

provided that a safety factor of not less than 5 is maintained.

(b) Wire rope and wire rope slings.

(1) Tables G-2 through G-5 in § 1915.118 shall be used

to determine the safe working loads of various sizes and

classifications of improved plow steel wire rope and wire

rope slings with various types of terminals. For sizes,

classifications and grades are included in these tables.

The safe working load recommended by the manufacturer for specific, identifiable products shall be followed,

provided that a safety factor of not less than 5 is maintained .

(2) Protruding ends of strands in splices on slings and

bridles shall be covered or blunted.

(3) Where U-bolt wire rope clips are used to form eyes,

Table G-6 in § 1915.118 shall be used to determine the

number and spacing of clips. The U-bolt shall be applied

so that the “U” section is in contact with the dead end of

the rope.

(4) Wire rope shall not be secured by knots.

(c) Chains and chain slings.

(1) Tables G-7 and G-8 in § 1915.118 shall be used to

determine the working load limit of various sizes of

wrought iron and alloy steel chains and chain slings,

except that higher safe working loads are permissible

79
when recommended by the manufacturer for specific,

identifiable products.

(2) All sling chains, including end fastenings, shall be

given a visual inspection before being used on the job. A

thorough inspection of all chains in use shall be made

every 3 months. Each chain shall bear an indication of

the month in which it was thoroughly inspected. The

thorough inspection shall include inspection for wear,

defective welds, deformation and increase in length or

stretch .

(3) Interlink wear, not accompanied by stretch in excess

of 5 percent, shall be noted and the chain removed from

service when maximum allowable wear at any point of

link, as indicated in Table G-9 in § 1915.118 has been

reached .

(4) Chain slings shall be removed from service when, due

to stretch, the increase in length of a measured section

exceeds 5 percent; when a link is bent, twisted or

otherwise damaged; or when raised scarfs or defective

welds appear.

(5) All repairs to chains shall be made under qualified

supervision. Links or portions of the chain found to be

defective as described in paragraph (c)(4) of this section

shall be replaced by links having proper dimensions and

made of material similar to that of the chain. Before

repaired chains are returned to service, they shall be

proof tested to the proof test load recommended by the

manufacturer.

(6) Wrought iron chains in constant use shall be annealed

or normalized at intervals not exceeding 6 months when

recommended by the manufacturer. The chain manufacturer shall be consulted for recommended procedures for

annealing or normalizing. Alloy chains shall never be

annealed.

§ 1915.113—Shackles and Hooks

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Shackles.

(1) Table G-10 in § 1915.118 shall be used to determine

the safe working loads of various sizes of shackles.

except that higher safe working loads are permissible

when recommended by the manufacturer for specific,

80
identifiable products, provided that a safety factor of not

less than 5 is maintained.

(b) Hooks.

(1) The manufacturers’ recommendations shall be

followed in determining the safe working loads of the

various sizes and types of specific and identifiable hooks.

All hooks for which no applicable manufacturer’s

recommendations are available shall be tested to twice

the intended safe working load before they are initially

put into use. The employer shall maintain and keep

readily available a certification record which includes the

date of such tests, the signature of the person who

performed the test and an identifier for the hook which

was tested.

(2) Loads shall be applied to the throat of the hook since

loading the point overstresses and bends or springs the

hook.

(3) Hooks shall be inspected periodically to see that they

have not been bent by overloading. Bent or sprung hooks

shall not be used.

§1915.114—Chain Falls and Pull-Lifts

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Chain falls and pull-lifts shall be clearly marked to

show the capacity and the capacity shall not be exceeded.

(b) Chain falls shall be regularly inspected to ensure that

they are safe, with particular attention being given to the

lift chain, pinion, sheaves, and hooks for distortion and

wear. Pull-lifts shall be regularly inspected to ensure that

they are safe, with particular attention being given to the

ratchet, pawl, chain, and hooks for distortion and wear.

(c) Straps, shackles, and the beam or overhead structure to

which a chain fall or pull-lift is secured shall be of adequate

strength to support the weight of load plus gear. The upper

hook shall be moused or otherwise secured against coming

free of its support.

(d) Scaffolding shall not be used as a point of attachment

for lifting devices such as tackles, chain falls, and pull-lifts

unless the scaffolding is specifically designed for that

purpose.

81
§1915.115—Hoisting and Hauling Equipment

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Derrick and crane certification:

(1) Derricks and cranes which are part of, or regularly

placed aboard barges, other vessels, or on wingwalls of

floating drydocks, and are used to transfer materials or

equipment from or to a vessel or drydock, shall be tested

and certificated in accordance with the standards provided in Part 1919 of this title by persons accredited for

the purpose.

(b) The moving parts of hoisting and hauling equipment

shall be guarded.

(c) Mobile crawler for truck cranes used on a vessel:

(1) The maximum manufacturer’s rated safe working

loads for the various working radii of the boom and the

maximum and minimum radii at which the boom may be

safely used with and without outriggers shall be conspicuously posted near the controls and shall be visible to

the operator. A radius indicator shall be provided.

(2) The posted safe working loads of mobile crawler or

truck cranes under the conditions of use shall not be

exceeded.

(d) Accessible areas within the swing radius of the outermost part of the body of a revolving derrick or crane

whether permanently or temporarily mounted, shall be

guarded in such a manner as to prevent an employee from

being in such a position as to be struck by the crane or

caught between the crane and fixed parts of the vessel or of

the crane itself.

(e) Marine railways.

(1) The cradle or carriage on the marine railway shall be

positively blocked or secured when in the hauled position

to prevent it from being accidentally released.

§1915.116—Use of Gear

(a) The provisions of this section shall apply to ship

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking except that

paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section shall apply to ship

repairing and shipbuilding only.

82
(b) Loads shall be safely rigged before being hoisted.

(c) Plates shall be handled on and off hulls by means of

shackles whenever possible. Clips or pads of ample size

shall be welded to the plate to receive the shackle pins

when there are no holes in the plate. When it is not possible

to make holes in or to weld pads to the plate, alligator

tongs, grab clamps or screw clamps may be used. In such

cases special precautions shall be taken to keep employees

from under such lifts.

(d) Tag lines shall be provided on loads likely to swing or

to need guidance.

(e) When slings are secured to eye-bolts, the slings shall be

so arranged, using spreaders if necessary, that the pull is

within 20 degrees of the axis of the bolt.

(f) Slings shall be padded by means of wood blocks or

other suitable material where they pass over sharp edges or

corners of loads so as to prevent cutting or kinking.

(g) Skips shall be rigged to be handled by not less than 3

legged bridles, and all legs shall always be used. When

open end skips are used, means shall be taken to prevent

the contents from falling.

(h) Loose ends of idle legs of slings in use shall be hung on

the hook.

(i) Employees shall not be permitted to ride the hook or the

load.

(j) Loads (tools, equipment or other materials) shall not be

swung or suspended over the heads of employees.

(k) Pieces of equipment or structure susceptible to falling

or dislodgement shall be secured or removed as early as

possible .

(l) An individual who is familiar with the signal code in use

shall be assigned to act as a signalman when the hoist

operator cannot see the load being handled. Communications shall be made by means of clear and distinct visual or

auditory signals except that verbal signals shall not be

permitted.

(m) Pallets, when used, shall be of such material and

construction and so maintained as to safely support and

carry the loads being handled on them.

83
(n) A section of hatch through which materials or equipment are being raised, lowered moved, or otherwise shifted

manually or by a crane winch, hoist, or derrick, shall be

completely opened. The beam or pontoon left in place

adjacent to an opening shall be sufficiently lashed, locked

or otherwise secured to prevent it from being unshipped so

that it cannot be displaced by accident.

(o) Hatches shall not be open or closed while employees

are in the square of the hatch below.

(p) Before loads or empty lifting gear are raised, lowered,

or swung, clear and sufficient advance warning shall be

given to employees in the vicinity of such operations.

(q) At no time shall an employee be permitted to place

himself in a hazardous position between a swinging load

and a fixed object.

§1915.117—Qualifications of Operators

Paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section shall apply to ship

repairing and shipbuilding only. Paragraphs (b) and (c) of

this section shall apply to ship repairing, shipbuilding, and

shipbreaking.

(a) When ship’s gear is used to hoist materials aboard, a

competent person shall determine that the gear is properly

rigged, that it is in safe condition. and that it will not be

overloaded by the size and weight of the lift.

(b) Only those employees who understand the signs,

notices, and operating instructions, and are familiar with

the signal code in use, shall be permitted to operate a crane,

winch, or other power operated hoisting apparatus.

(c) No employee known to have defective uncorrected

eyesight or hearing, or to be suffering from heart disease,

epilepsy, or similar ailments which may suddenly incapacitate him, shall be permitted to operate a crane, winch or

other power operated hoisting apparatus.

(d) No minor under 18 years of age shall be employed in

occupations involving the operation of any power-driven

hoisting apparatus or assisting in such operations by work

such as hooking on, loading slings, rigging gear, etc.

§ 1915.118—Tables

The provisions of this section apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

84
85

Table E-1.—Dimensions and Spacing of Wood Independent-Pole Scaffold Members

Light duty (UP to 25 pounds per Heavy duty (25 to 75 pounds per

square foot)—Height in feet square foot)—Height in feet

24 or less 24–40 40–60 24 or less 24–40 40–60

Poles or uprights (in inches) ....... 2 x 4 3 x 4 or 4 x 4 3 x 4 4 x 4 4 x 6

.................................................... 2 x 6

Bearers (in inches) ...................... 2 x 6 2 x 6 2 x 6 2 x 8 2 x 8 2 x 10Ledgers (in inches) ..................... 2 x 6 2 x 6 2 x 6 2 x 8 2 x 8 2 x 8Stringers (not supporting ............

bearers) (in inches) ................. 1 x 6 1 x 6 1 x 6 1 x 6 1 x 6 1 x 6

Braces (in inches) ....................... 1 x 4 1 x 6 1 x 6 1 x 6 1 x 6 1 x 6Pole spacing—longitudinally

(in feet) ................................... 71/2 71/2 71/2 77 7

Pole spacing—transversely

(in feet) ................................... 61/2 min 71/2 min 81/2 min 61/2 10 10

Ledger spacing—vertically

(in feet) ................................... 7 7 7 41/2 41/2 41/2

Structural members
Table E-2.—Specifications for Side Rails of Ladders

Cross section (in inches)

Length (in feet) At ends At center

15 .................................... 17/8 x 23/4 17/8 x 33/4

16 .................................... 17/8 x 23/4 17/8 x 33/4

18 .................................... 17/8 x 3 17/8 x 4

20 .................................... 17/8 x 3 17/8 x 4

24 .................................... 17/8 x 3 17/8 x 41/2

Table E-3.—Specifications for the Construction of

Horses

Height in feet

Up to 10 10 to 16 16 to 20

inches inches inches

Legs ................................ 2 x 4 3 x 4 4 x 6

Bearers or

headers ........................ 2 x 6 2 x 8 4 x 6

Crossbraces ..................... 2 x 4 2 x 4 2 x 6

or

1 x 8

Longitudinal

braces .......................... 2 x 4 2 x 6 2 x 6

Structural

members

86
87

Table E-4.—Safe Center Loads for Scaffold Plank of 1,100 Pounds Fibre Stress

Lumber dimensions in inches

A B A B ABAB A B

2 x 10 15/8 x 91/2 2 x 12 15/8 x 111/2 3 x 8 25/8 x 71/2 3 x 10 25/8 x 91/2 3 x 12 25/8 x 111/2

6 ................. 256 309 526 667 8078 ................. 192 232 395 500 60510 ............... 153 186 316 400 48412 ............... 128 155 263 333 40414 ............... 110 133 225 286 346

16 ............... 116 197 250 303(A)—Rough lumber.(B)—Dressed lumber.

Span in

feet
Table G-1.—Manila Rope

[In pounds or tons of 2,000 pounds]

Circumferences Single leg 60° bridle 45° bridle 30° bridle

lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. 3

/4 .................................... 1

/4 120 204 170 120

1 ..................................... 5

/16 200 346 282 200

11

/8 .................................. 3

/8 270 467 380 270 11

/4 .................................. 7

/16 350 605 493 350

13

/8 .................................. 115/32 450 775 635 450

11

/2 .................................. 1

/2 530 915 798 530 13

/4 .................................. 9

/16 690 1190 973 690

2 ..................................... 5

/8 880 1520 1240 880

21

/4 .................................. 3

/4 1080 1870 1520 1080 21

/2 .................................. 113/16 1300 2250 1830 1300

23

/4 .................................. 7

/8 1540 2660 2170 1540

3 ..................................... 1 1800 3120 2540 1800

Tons Tons Tons Tons

31

/4 .................................. 11

/16 1.0 1.7 1.4 1.0

31

/2 .................................. 11

/8 1.2 2.1 1.7 1.2 33

/4 .................................. 11

/4 1.35 2.3 1.9 1.35

4 ..................................... 15

/16 1.5 2.6 2.1 1.5

41

/2 .................................. 11

/2 1.8 3.1 2.5 1.8

5 ..................................... 15

/8 2.25 3.9 3.2 2.25

51

/2 .................................. 13

/4 2.6 4.5 3.7 2.6

6 ..................................... 2 3.1 5.4 4.4 3.161

/2 .................................. 21

/8 3.6 6.2 5.1 3.6

Diameter in

inches

88
89

Table G-2.—Rated Capacities for Improved Plow Steel, Independent Wire RopeCore, Wire Rope and Wire Rope Slings[In tons of 2,000 pounds]

Single leg

Rope diameter Vertical Choker

ABC AB C

6 x 19 Classification

1/4" ................................................ .59 .56 .53 .44 .42 .403/8" ................................................ 1.3 1.2 1.1 .98 .93 .861/2" ................................................ 2.3 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.6 1.55/8" ................................................ 3.6 3.4 3.0 2.7 2.5 2.23/4" ................................................ 5.1 4.9 4.2 3.8 3.6 3.17/8" ................................................ 6.9 6.6 5.5 5.2 4.9 4.1

1" ................................................. 9.0 8.5 7.2 6.7 6.4 5.411/8" .............................................. 11 10 9.0 8.5 7.8 6.8

6 x 37 Classification

11/4" .............................................. 13 12 10 9.9 9.2 7.9

13/8" .............................................. 16 15 13 12 11 9.6

11/2" .............................................. 19 17 15 14 13 11

13/4" .............................................. 26 24 20 19 18 15

2" ................................................. 33 30 26 25 23 20

21/4" .............................................. 41 38 33 31 29 25

(A)—Socket or Swaged Terminal attachment.(B)—Mechanical Sleeve attachment.(C)—Hand Tucked Splice attachment.
Table G-3.—Rated Capacities for Improved Plow Steel, Independent Wire Rope

Core, Wire Rope Slings[In tons of 2,000 pounds]

Two-leg bridle or basket hitch

Vertical 60° Bridle 45° Bridle 30° Bridle

A B C A B CAB C A B C

6 x 19 Classification

1

/4" ............... 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0 .97 .92 .83 .79 .75 .59 .56 .53 3/8" ............... 2.6 2.5 2.3 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.2 1.1 1/2" ............... 4.6 4.4 3.9 4.0 3.8 3.4 3.2 3.1 2.8 2.3 2.2 2.0 5/8" ............... 7.2 6.8 6.0 6.2 5.9 5.2 5.1 4.8 4.2 3.6 3.4 3.0 3/4" ............... 10 9.7 8.4 8.9 8.4 7.3 7.2 6.9 5.9 5.1 4.9 4.2 7/8" ............... 14 13 11 12 11 9.6 9.8 9.3 7.8 6.9 6.6 5.5

1" ................ 18 17 14 15 15 12 13 12 10 9.0 8.5 7.211

/8" ............. 23 21 18 19 18 16 16 15 13 11 10 9.0

6 x 37 Classification

11

/4" ............. 26 24 21 23 21 18 19 17 15 13 12 10 13

/8" ............. 32 29 25 28 25 22 22 21 18 16 15 13 11

/2" ............. 38 35 30 33 30 26 27 25 21 19 17 15

13

/4" ............. 51 47 41 44 41 35 36 33 29 26 24 20

2" ................ 66 64 53 57 53 46 47 43 37 33 30 26

21

/4" ............. 83 76 66 72 66 57 58 54 47 41 38 33

(A)—Socket or Swaged Terminal Attachment.(B)—Mechanical Sleeve Attachment.(C)—Hand Tucked Splice Attachment.

Rope

diameter

90
91

Table G-5.—Rated Capacities for Improved Plow Steel, Fiber Core, Wire RopeSlings[In tons of 2,000 pounds]

Two-leg bridle or basket hitch

Vertical 60° Bridle 45° Bridle 30° Bridle

A B C A B CAB C A B C

6 x 19 Classification

1/4" ............... 1.1 1.0 .99 .95 .88 .85 .77 .72 .70 .55 .51 .493/8" ............... 2.4 2.2 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.11/2" ............... 4.3 3.9 3.7 3.7 3.4 3.2 3.0 2.8 2.6 2.1 2.0 1.85/8" ............... 6.7 6.2 5.6 5.8 5.3 4.8 4.7 4.4 4.0 3.3 3.1 2.83/4" ............... 9.5 8.8 7.8 8.2 7.6 6.8 6.7 6.2 5.5 4.8 4.4 3.97/8" ............... 13 12 10 11 10 8.9 9.1 8.4 7.3 6.4 5.9 5.1

1" ................ 17 15 13 14 13 11 12 11 9.4 8.4 7.7 6.711/8" ............. 21 19 17 18 16 14 15 13 12 10 9.5 8.4

6 x 37 Classification

11/4" ............. 25 22 20 21 19 17 17 16 14 12 11 9.8

13/8" ............. 30 27 24 26 23 20 21 19 17 15 13 12

11/2" ............. 35 32 28 30 27 24 25 22 20 17 16 14

13/4" ............. 48 43 38 41 37 33 34 30 27 24 21 19

2" ................ 62 55 49 53 48 43 43 39 35 31 28 25(A)—Socket or Swaged Terminal Attachment.(B)—Mechanical Sleeve Attachment.(C)—Hand Tucked Splice Attachment.

Rope

diameter
Table G-4.—Rated Capacities for Improved Plow Steel, Fiber Core, Wire Rope and

Wire Rope Slings[In tons of 2,000 pounds]

Single leg

Rope diameter Vertical Choker

ABC AB C

6 x 19 Classification

1

/4" ................................................ .55 .51 .49 .41 .38 .37 3/8" ................................................ 1.2 1.1 1.1 .91 .85 .80 1/2" ................................................ 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.4 5/8" ................................................ 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.1 3/4" ................................................ 4.8 4.4 3.9 3.6 3.3 2.9 7/8" ................................................ 6.4 5.9 5.1 4.8 4.5 3.9

1" ................................................. 8.4 7.7 6.7 6.3 5.8 5.011

/8" .............................................. 10 9.5 8.4 7.9 7.1 6.3

6 x 37 Classification

11

/4" .............................................. 12 11 9.8 9.2 8.3 7.4 13

/8" .............................................. 15 13 12 11 10 8.9

11

/2" .............................................. 17 16 14 13 12 10 13

/4" .............................................. 24 21 19 18 16 14

2" ................................................. 31 28 25 23 21 18(A)—Socket or Swaged Terminal attachment.(B)—Mechanical Sleeve attachment.(C)—Hand Tucked Splice attachment.

92
93

Table G-7.—Wrought Iron Chain

[In pounds or tons of 2,000 pounds]

Nominal size Single 60° 45° 30°

chain stock leg bridle bridle bridle

1

/4"1 ........................ 1060 1835 1500 1060 5

/16"1 ....................... 1655 2865 2340 1655 3

/8"1 ........................ 2835 2.1 3370 2385 7

/16"1 ....................... 3250 2.8 2.3 3250 1

/2" ......................... 2.1 3.7 3.0 2.1 9

/16"1 ....................... 2.7 4.6 3.8 2.7 5

/8" ......................... 3.3 5.7 4.7 3.3 3

/4" ......................... 4.8 8.3 6.7 4.8 7

/8" ......................... 6.5 11.2 9.2 6.5

1" .......................... 8.5 14.7 12.0 8.5

11/8" ....................... 10.0 17.3 14.2 10.0

11/4" ....................... 12.4 21.4 17.5 12.4

13/8 ......................... 15.0 25.9 21.1 15.0

11

/2" ....................... 17.8 30.8 25.2 17.8

15/8" ....................... 20.9 36.2 29.5 20.9

13/4" ....................... 24.2 42.0 34.3 24.2

17/8" ....................... 27.6 47.9 39.1 27.6

2" .......................... 31.6 54.8 44.8 31.6

1

These sizes of wrought iron chain are no longer manufactured in the

United States.

Table G-6.—Number and Spacing of U-Bolt Wire Rope

Clips

Drop Other

forged material

(1

) .........................................................................................................

1

/2 ....................................... 3 4 3 5

/8 ....................................... 3 4 33/4 3

/4 ....................................... 4 5 41/2 7

/8 ....................................... 4 5 51/4

1 ........................................ 4 6 6

11/8 ..................................... 5 6 63/4

11/4 ..................................... 5 7 71/2

13/8 ..................................... 6 7 81/4

11/2 ..................................... 6 8 9

1

Three clips shall be used on wire size less than 1/2-inch diameter.

Number of clips Minimum

spacing,

inches

Improved plow

steel, rope

diameter, inches
Table G-8.—Alloy Steel Chain

[In tons of 2,000 pounds]

Nominal size Single 60° 45° 30°

chain stock leg bridle bridle bridle

1

/4" ......................... 1.62 2.82 2.27 1.62 3

/8" ......................... 3.30 5.70 4.65 3.30 1

/2" ......................... 5.62 9.75 7.90 5.62 5

/8" ......................... 8.25 14.25 11.65 8.25 3

/4" ......................... 11.5 19.9 16.2 11.5 7

/8" ......................... 14.3 24.9 20.3 14.3

1" .......................... 19.3 33.5 27.3 19.8

11/8" ....................... 22.2 38.5 31.5 22.2

11/4" ....................... 28.7 49.7 40.5 28.7

13/8 ......................... 33.5 58.0 47.0 33.5

11/2" ....................... 39.7 68.5 56.0 39.7

15/8" ....................... 42.5 73.5 59.5 42.5

13/4" ....................... 47.0 81.5 62.0 47.0

Table G-9.—Maximum Allowable Wear at Any Point of

Link

Maximum

allowable

Chain size in inches wear in

fraction

of inches

1

/4 (9/32) ....................................................... 3/64 3

/8 ................................................................ 5/

64 1

/2 ................................................................ 7/64 5

/8 ................................................................ 9/64 3

/4 ................................................................ 5/32 7

/8 ................................................................ 11/64

1 ................................................................. 3/16

11/8 .............................................................. 7/32

11/4 .............................................................. 1/4

13/8 .............................................................. 9/32

11/2 .............................................................. 5/16

13/4 .............................................................. 11/32

94
95

Table G-10.—Safe Working Loads for Shackles

[In tons of 2,000 pounds]

Pin Safe

Material size (inches) diameter working

(inches) load

1

/2 ..................................... 5/8 1.4 5

/8 ..................................... 3/4 2.2 3

/4 ..................................... 7/8 3.2 7

/

8 ..................................... 1 4.3

1 ...................................... 11/8 5.6

11/8 ................................... 11/4 6.7

11/

4 ................................... 13

/

8 8.2

13/4 ................................... 11/2 10.0

11/2 ................................... 15/8 11.9

13/4 ................................... 2 16.2

2 ...................................... 1/4 21.2

Table I-1.—Filter Lenses for Protection Against Radiant

Energy

Operation Shade No.

Soldering ............................................................ 2.

Torch Brazing ..................................................... 3 or 4.

Light cutting, up to 1 inch .................................. 3 or 4.

Medium cutting, 1-6 inches ................................ 4 or 5.

Heavy cutting, over 6 inches .............................. 5 or 6.

Light gas welding, up to 1/8 inch ......................... 4 or 5.

Medium gas welding, 1/8-1/2 inch ........................ 5 or 6.

Heavy gas welding, over 1/2 inch ........................ 6 or 8.

Shielded Metal-Arc Welding 1

/16 to 5/32-inch electrodes ................................ 10.

Inert-gas Metal-Arc Welding (Non-ferrous) 1

/16- to 5/32-inch electrodes .............................. 11.

Shielded Metal-Arc Welding:

3

/16- to 1/4-inch electrodes .................................... 12. 5

/16- and 3/8-inch electrodes ................................. 14.
Subpart H—Tools and Related Equipment

§1915.131—General Precautions

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Hand lines, slings, tackles of adequate strength, or

carriers such as tool bags with shoulder straps shall be

provided and used to handle tools, materials, and equipment so that employees will have their hands free when

using ship’s ladders and access ladders. The use of hose or

electric cords for this purpose is prohibited.

(b) When air tools of the reciprocating type are not in use,

the dies and tools shall be removed.

(c) All portable, power-driven circular saws shall be

equipped with guards above and below the base plate or

shoe. The upper guard shall cover the saw to the depth of

the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to permit the

base to be tilted for bevel cuts. The lower guard shall cover

the saw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum

arc required to allow proper retraction and contact with the

work. When the tool is withdrawn from the work the lower

guard shall automatically and instantly return to the

covering position.

(d) The moving parts of machinery on drydock shall be

guarded.

(e) Before use, pneumatic tools shall be secured to the

extension hose or whip by some positive means to prevent

the tool from becoming accidentally disconnected from the

whip.

(f) The moving parts of drive mechanisms, such as gearing

and belting on large portable tools, shall be adequately

guarded.

(g) Headers, manifolds and widely spaced hose connections

on compressed air lines shall bear the word “air” in letters

at least 1 inch (25 millimeters) high, which shall be painted

either on the manifold or separate hose connections, or on

signs permanently attached to the manifolds or connections.

Grouped air connections may be marked in one location.

(h) Before use, compressed air hose shall be examined.

Visibly damaged and unsafe hose shall not be used.

96
§1915.132—Portable Electric Tools

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking except that paragraph (e) of

this section applies to ship repairing only.

(a) The frames of portable electric tools and appliances,

except double insulated tools approved by Underwriters’

Laboratories, shall be grounded either through a third wire

in the cable containing the circuit conductors or through a

separate wire which is grounded at the source of the

current.

(b) Grounding circuits, other than by means of the structure

of the vessel on which the tool is being used, shall be

checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and

the grounded power conductor has resistance which is low

enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse

or circuit breaker to interrupt the current.

(c) Portable electric tools which are held in the hand shall

be equipped with switches of a type which must be

manually held in the closed position.

(d) Worn or frayed electric cables shall not be used.

(e) The employer shall notify the officer in charge of the

vessel before using electric power tools operated with the

vessel’s current.

§1915.133—Hand Tools

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Employers shall not issue or permit the use of unsafe

hand tools.

(b) Wrenches, including crescent, pipe, end and socket

wrenches, shall not be used when jaws are sprung to the

point that slippage occurs.

(c) Impact tools, such as drift pins, wedges, and chisels

shall be kept free of mushroomed heads.

(d) The wooden handles of tools shall be kept free of

splinters or cracks and shall be kept tight in the tool.

97
§1915.134—Abrasive Wheels

This section shall apply to ship repairing, shipbuilding, and

shipbreaking.

(a) Floors and and bench mounted abrasive wheels used for

external grinding shall be provided with safety guards

(protection hoods). The maximum angular exposure of the

grinding wheel periphery and sides shall be not more than

90 degrees, except that when work requires contact with the

wheel below the horizontal plane of the spindle, the angular

exposure shall not exceed 125 degrees. In either case the

exposure shall begin not more than 65 degrees above the

horizontal plane of the spindle. Safety guards shall be

strong enough to withstand the effect of a bursting wheel.

(b) Floor and bench mounted grinders shall be provided

with work rests which are rigidly supported and readily

adjustable. Such work rests shall be kept a distance not to

exceed 1/8 inch (3 millimeters) from the surface of the

wheel.

(c) Cup type wheels used for external grinding shall be

protected by either a revolving cup guard or a band type

guard in accordance with the provisions of the United

States of America Standard Safety Code for the Use, Care,

and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, B7.1. All other portable

abrasive wheels used for external grinding shall be provided with safety guards (protection hoods) meeting the

requirements of paragraph (e) of this section, except as

follows:

(1) When the work location makes it impossible, in

which case a wheel equipped with safety flanges as

described in paragraph (f) of this section shall be used.

(2) When wheels 2 inches (5 centimeters) or less in

diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a

steel mandrel are used.

(d) Portable abrasive wheels used for internal grinding shall

be provided with safety flanges (protection flanges)

meeting the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section,

except as follows:

(1) When wheels 2 inches (5 centimeters) or less in

diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a

steel mandrel are used.

(2) If the wheel is entirely within the work being ground

while in use.

98
(e) When safety guards are required, they shall be so

mounted as to maintain proper alignment with the wheel,

and the guard and its fastenings shall be of sufficient

strength to retain fragments of the wheel in case of accidental breakage. The maximum angular exposure of the

grinding wheel periphery and sides shall not exceed 180

degrees.

(f) When safety flanges are required they shall be used only

with wheels designed to fit the flanges. Only safety flanges

of a type and design and properly assembled so as to insure

that the pieces of the wheel will be retained in case of

accidental breakage shall be used.

(g) All abrasive wheels shall be closely inspected and ring

tested before mounting to ensure that they are free from

cracks or defects.

(h) Grinding wheels shall fit freely on the spindle and shall

not be forced on. The spindle nut shall be tightened only

enough to hold the wheel in place.

(i) The power supply shall be sufficient to maintain the

rated spindle speed under all conditions of normal grinding.

The rated maximum speed of the wheel shall not be

exceeded.

(j) All employees using abrasive wheels shall be protected

by eye protection equipment in accordance with the

requirements of §§ 1915.151(a) and (b), except when

adequate eye protection is afforded by eye shields which

are permanently attached to the bench or floor stand.

§1915.135—Powder Actuated Fastening Tools

(a) The section shall apply to ship repairing and shipbuilding only.

(b) General precautions.

(1) Powder actuated fastening tools shall be tested each

day before loading to ensure that the safety devices are in

proper working condition. Any tool found not to be in

proper working order shall be immediately removed from

service until repairs are made.

(2) Powder actuated fastening tools shall not be used in

an explosive or flammable atmosphere.

(3) All tools shall be used with the type of shield or

muzzle guard appropriate for a particular use.

99
(4) Fasteners shall not be driven into very hard or brittle

materials such as cast iron, glazed tile, surface hardened

steel, glass block, live rock, face brick or hollow title.

(5) Fasteners shall not be driven into soft materials unless

such materials are backed by a substance that will

prevent the pin or fastener from passing completely

through and creating a flying missile hazard on the

opposite side.

(6) Unless a special guard, fixture or jig is used, fasteners

shall not be driven directly into materials such as brick or

concrete within 3 inches (7.6 centimeters) of the unsupported edge or corner, or into steel surfaces within

1/2 inch (12.7 millimeters) of the unsupported edge or

corner. When fastening other material, such as 2 x 4 inch

(5 x 10 centimeters) lumber to a concrete surface,

fasteners of greater than 7

/

32 inch (5.4 millimeters) shank

diameter shall not be used and fasteners shall not be

driven within 2 inches (5 centimeters) of the unsupported

edge or corner of the work surface.

(7) Fasteners shall not be driven through existing holes

unless a positive guide is used to secure accurate alignment

(8) No attempt shall be made to drive a fastener into a

spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory fastening.

(9) Employees using powder actuated fastening tools

shall be protected by eye protection equipment in

accordance with the requirements of §§ 1915.151(a) and

(b).

(c) Instruction of operators. Before employees are

permitted to use powder actuated tools, they shall have

been thoroughly instructed by a competent person with

respect to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section

and the safe use of such tools as follows:

(1) Before using a tool, the operator shall inspect it to

determine that it is clean, that all moving parts operate

freely and that the barrel is free from obstructions.

(2) When a tool develops a defect during use, the

operator shall immediately cease to use it and shall notify

his supervisor.

(3) Tools shall not be loaded until just prior to the

intended firing time and the tool shall not be left unattended while loaded.

100
(4) The tool, whether loaded or empty, shall not be

pointed at any person, and hands shall be kept clear of

the open barrel end.

(5) In case of a misfire, the operator shall hold the tool in

the operating position for at least 15 seconds and shall

continue to hold the muzzle against the work surface

during disassembly or opening of the tool and removal of

the powder load.

(6) Neither tools nor powder charges shall be left

unattended in places where they would be available to

unauthorized persons.

§1915.136—Internal Combustion Engines, Other Than

Ship’s Equipment

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing,

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) When internal combustion engines furnished by the

employer are used in a fixed position below decks, for such

purposes as driving pumps, generators, and blowers, the

exhaust shall be led to the open air, clear of any ventilation

intakes and openings through which it might enter the

vessel.

(b) All exhaust line joints and connections shall be checked

for tightness immediately upon starting the engine, and any

leaks shall be corrected at once.

(c) When internal combustion engines on vehicles, such as

forklifts and mobile cranes, or on portable equipment such

as fans, generators, and pumps exhaust into the atmosphere

below decks, the competent person shall make tests of the

carbon monoxide content of the atmosphere as frequently

as conditions require to ensure that dangerous concentrations do not develop. Employees shall be removed from the

compartment involved when the carbon monoxide concentration exceeds 50 parts per million (0.005%). The employer shall use blowers sufficient in size and number and

so arranged as to maintain the concentration below this

allowable limit before work is resumed.

101
Subpart I —Personal Protective Equipment

1915.151 - Scope, Application, and Definitions

(a) Scope and application

 This subpart applies to all work in shipyard employment

regardless of geographic location.

(b) Definitions

“Anchorage” means a secure point of attachment for

lifelines, lanyards, or deceleration devices.

“Body belt” means a strap with means for both securing it

about the waist and attaching it to a lanyard, lifeline, or

deceleration device.

“Body harness” means straps which may be secured about

the employee in a manner that will distribute the fall arrest

forces over at least the thighs, shoulders, chest and pelvis

with means for attaching it to other components of a

personal fall arrest system.

“Connector” means a device which is used to couple

(connect) parts of a personal fall arrest system or parts of a

positioning device system together. It may be an independent component of the system, such as a carabiner, or it

may be an integral component of part of the system (such

as a buckle or D-ring sewn into a body belt or body harness

or a snaphook spliced or sewn to a lanyard or self-retracting

lanyard).

“Deceleration device” means any mechanism, such as a

rope grab, ripstitch lanyard, specially woven lanyard,

tearing or deforming lanyard, or automatic self-retracting

lifeline/lanyard, which serves to dissipate a substantial

amount of energy during a fall arrest, or otherwise limit the

energy imposed on an employee during fall arrest.

“Deceleration distance” means the additional vertical

distance a falling employee travels, excluding lifeline

elongation and free fall distance, before stopping, from the

point at which the deceleration device begins to operate. It

is measured as the distance between the location of an

employee’s body belt or body harness attachment point at

the moment of activation (at the onset of fall arrest forces)

of the deceleration device during a fall, and the location of

that attachment point after the employee comes to a full

stop.

102
“Equivalent” means alternative designs, materials, or

methods to protect against a hazard which the employer can

demonstrate will provide an equal or greater degree of

safety for employees than the method or item specified in

the standard.

“Free fall” means the act of falling before a personal fall

arrest system begins to apply force to arrest the fall.

“Free fall distance” means the vertical displacement of the

fall arrest attachment point on the employee’s body belt or

body harness between onset of the fall and just before the

system begins to apply force to arrest the fall. This distance

excludes deceleration distance, and lifeline/lanyard

elongation, but includes any deceleration device slide

distance or self-retracting lifeline/lanyard extension before

the device operates and fall arrest forces occur.

“Lanyard” means a flexible line of rope, wire rope, or strap

which generally has a connector at each end for connecting

the body belt or body harness to a deceleration device,

lifeline, or anchorage.

“Lifeline” means a component consisting of a flexible line

for connection to an anchorage at one end to hang vertically (vertical lifeline), or for connection to anchorages at

both ends to stretch horizontally (horizontal lifeline), and

which serves as a means for connecting other components

of a personal fall arrest system to the anchorage.

“Lower levels” means those areas or surfaces to which an

employee can fall. Such areas or surfaces include but are

not limited to ground levels, floors, ramps, tanks, materials,

water, excavations, pits, vessels, structures, or portions

thereof.

“Personal fall arrest system” means a system used to arrest

an employee in a fall from a working level. It consists of an

anchorage, connectors, body belt or body harness and may

include a lanyard, a deceleration device, a lifeline, or a

suitable combination of these. As of January 1, 1998, the

use of a body belt for fall arrest is prohibited.

“Positioning device system” means a body belt or body

harness system rigged to allow an employee to be supported at an elevated vertical surface, such as a wall or

window, and to be able to work with both hands free while

leaning.

“Qualified person” means a person who by possession of a

recognized degree or certificate of professional standing,

or who, by extensive knowledge, training, and experience,

103
has successfully demonstrated the ability to solve or resolve

problems related to the subject matter and work.

 “Restraint (tether) line” means a line from an anchorage,

or between anchorages, to which the employee is secured in

such a way as to prevent the employee from walking or

falling off an elevated work surface. Note: A restraint line is

not necessarily designed to withstand forces resulting from

a fall.

 “Rope grab” means a deceleration device which travels

on a lifeline and automatically, by friction, engages the

lifeline and locks so as to arrest the fall of an employee. A

rope grab usually employs the principle of inertial locking,

cam/level locking or both.

1915.152 - General Requirements

(a) Provision and use of equipment

The employer shall provide and shall ensure that each

affected employee uses the appropriate personal protective

equipment (PPE) for the eyes, face, head, extremities,

torso, and respiratory system, including protective clothing,

protective shields, protective barriers, personal fall protection equipment, and life saving equipment, meeting the

applicable provisions of this subpart, wherever employees

are exposed to work activity hazards that require the use of

PPE.

(b) Hazard assessment and equipment

The employer shall assess the work activity to determine

whether there are hazards present, or likely to be present,

which necessitate the employee’s use of PPE. If such

hazards are present, or likely to be present, the employer

shall:

(1) Select the type of PPE that will protect the affected

employee from the hazards identified in the occupational

hazard assessment;

(2) Communicate selection decisions to affected

employees;

(3) Select PPE that properly fits each affected employee;

and

(4) Verify that the required occupational hazard assessment

has been performed through a document that contains the

following information: occupation, the date(s) of the hazard

104
assessment, and the name of the person performing the

hazard assessment.

Note 1 to paragraph (b): A hazard assessment conducted

according to the trade or occupation of affected employees

will be considered to comply with paragraph (b) of this

section, if the assessment addresses any PPE-related

hazards to which employees are exposed in the course of

their work activities.

Note 2 to paragraph (b): Non-mandatory Appendix A to this

subpart contains examples of procedures that will comply

with the requirement for an occupational hazard assessment.

(c) Defective and damaged equipment

Defective or damaged PPE shall not be used.

(d) Reissued equipment

The employer shall ensure that all unsanitary PPE, including that which has been used by employees, be cleaned and

disinfected before it is reissued.

(e) Training

(1) The employer shall provide training to each employee

who is required, by this section, to use PPE (exception:

training in the use of personal fall arrest systems and

positioning device systems training is covered in Sections

1915.159 and 1915.160). Each employee shall be trained to

understand at least the following:

(i) When PPE is necessary;

(ii) What PPE is necessary;

(iii) How to properly don, doff, adjust, and wear PPE;

(iv) The limitations of the PPE; and,

(v) The proper care, maintenance, useful life and

disposal of the PPE.

(2) The employer shall ensure that each effected employee

demonstrates the ability to use PPE properly before being

allowed to perform work requiring the use of PPE.

(3) The employer shall retrain any employee who does not

understand or display the skills required by paragraph

105
(e)(2) of this section. Circumstances where retraining is

required include, but are not limited to, situations where:

(i) Changes in occupation or work render previous

training obsolete; or

(ii) Changes in the types of PPE to be used render

previous training obsolete; or

(iii) Inadequacies in an affected employee’s knowledge

or use of assigned PPE indicate that the employee has

not retained the requisite understanding or skill.

(4) The employer shall verify that each affected employee has

received the required training through a document that

contains the following information: name of each employee

trained, the date(s) of training, and type of training the

employee received.

1915.153 - Eye and Face Protection

(a) General requirements

(1) The employer shall ensure that each affected employee

uses appropriate eye or face protection where there are

exposures to eye or face hazards caused by flying particles,

molten metal, liquid chemicals, acid or caustic liquids,

chemical gases or vapors, or injurious light radiation.

(2) The employer shall ensure that each affected employee

uses eye or face protection that provides side protection

when there is a hazard from flying objects. Detachable side

protectors (e.g., a clip-on or slide-on side shield) meeting the

pertinent requirements of this section are acceptable.

(3) The employer shall ensure that each affected employee

who wears prescription lenses while engaged in operations

that involve eye hazards wears eye protection that incorporates the prescription in its design, unless the employee is

protected by eye protection that can be worn over prescription

lenses without disturbing the proper position of either the

PPE or the prescription lenses.

(4) The employer shall ensure that each affected employee

uses equipment with filter lenses that have a shade number

that provides appropriate protection from injurious light

radiation. Table I-1 is a listing of appropriate shade numbers

for various operations. If filter lenses are used in goggles

worn under a helmet which has a lens, the shade number of

the lens in the helmet may be reduced so that the shade

numbers of the two lenses will equal the value as shown in

Table I-1, Sec. 1915.153.

106
107

Table I-1.— Filter Lenses for Protection Against

Radiant Energy

Operations Electrode size 1/32 in. Arc current Minimum

protective

shade

Shielded metal arc

welding ........................................... Less than 3 ...................... Less than ....................... 7

3-5 ................................... 60 .................................. 8

5-8 ................................... 60-160 ........................... 10

More than 8 ..................... 160-250 ......................... 11

........................................ 250-550 .........................

Gas metal arc welding

and flux cored arc

welding. .................................................................................... Less than. ...................... 7

........................................ 60 .................................. 10

........................................ 60-160 ........................... 10

........................................ 160-250 ......................... 10

........................................ 250-500 .........................

Gas Tungsten arc welding ........................................................ Less than ....................... 8

........................................ 50 .................................. 8

........................................ 50-150 ........................... 10

........................................ 150-500. ........................

Air carbon ....................................... (Light) ............................. Less than ....................... 10

Arc cutting ...................................... (Heavy) ........................... 500 ................................ 11

........................................ 500-1000 .......................

Plasma arc welding ................................................................... Less than ....................... 6

........................................ 20 .................................. 8

........................................ 20- ................................. 10

........................................ 100 ................................ 11

........................................ 100- ...............................

........................................ 400 ................................

........................................ 400- ...............................

........................................ 800. ...............................

Plasma arc cutting .......................... light)** ............................ Less than 300 ................ 8

medium)** ...................... 300-400 ......................... 9

heavy)** ......................... 400-800. ........................ 10

Torch brazing .................................................................................................................... 3

Torch soldering ................................................................................................................. 2

Carbon Arc welding ......................................................................................................... 14

** These values apply where the actual arc is clearly seen. Lighter

filters may be used when the arc is hidden by the workpiece.
108

(b) Criteria for protective eye and face devices

(1) Protective eye and face devices purchased after May

20, 1982, shall comply with the American National

Standards Institute, ANSI Z87.1-1989, “Practice for

Occupational and Educational Eye and Face Protection,”

which is incorporated by reference as specified in Sec.

1915.5, or shall be demonstrated by the employer to be

equally effective.

(2) Eye and face protective devices purchased before

May 20, 1982, shall comply with “American National

Standard Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye

and Face Protection, Z87.1-1979,” which is incorporated

by reference as specified in Sec. 1915.5, or shall be

demonstrated by the employer to be equally effective.

1915.154 - Respiratory Protection

Note: Respiratory protection for shipyard employment is

covered by 29 CFR 1910.134.

1915.155 - Head Protection

(a) Use. (1) The employer shall ensure that each affected

employee wears a protective helmet when working in areas

where there is a potential for injury to the head from falling

objects.

Filter Lenses for Protection Against Radiant Energy

Operations Plate thickness in. Plate thickness mm Minimum*

protective

shade

Gas welding:

Light ................................. Under 1/8 ........................... Under 3.2 ................... 4

Medium. ........................... 1/8 to 1/2. .......................... 3.2 to 12.7 .................. 5

Heavy. .............................. Over 1/2. ............................ Over 12.7 ................... 6

Oxygen cutting:

Light ............................... Under 1 .............................. Under 25 .................... 3

Medium .......................... 1 to 6. ................................. 25 to 150 .................... 4

Heavy ............................. Over 6 ................................ Over 15 ...................... 5

 * As a rule of thumb, start with a shade that is too dark to see the weld zone. Then go to a

lighter shade which gives sufficient view of the weld zone without going below the

minimum. In oxyfuel gas welding or cutting where the torch produces a high yellow light, it

is desirable to use a filter lens that absorbs the yellow or sodium line in the visible light of

the (spectrum) operation.
(2) The employer shall ensure that each affected employee wears a protective helmet designed to reduce

electrical shock hazards where there is potential for

electric shock or burns due to contact with exposed

electrical conductors which could contact the head.

(b) Criteria for protective helmets

(1) Protective helmets purchased after August 22, 1996

shall comply with ANSI Z89.l-1986, “Personnel

Protection — Protective Headwear for Industrial Workers-Requirements,” which is incorporated by reference,

as specified in Sec. 1915.5, or shall be demonstrated by

the employer to be equally effective.

(2) Protective helmets purchased before August 22, 1996

shall comply with the “American National Standard

Safety Requirements for Industrial Head Protection,

Z89.1-1969,” which is incorporated by reference as

specified in 1915.5, or shall be demonstrated by the

employer to be equally effective.

1915.156 - Foot Protection

(a) Use

The employer shall ensure that each affected employee

wears protective footwear when working in areas where

there is a danger of foot injuries due to falling or rolling

objects or objects piercing the sole.

(b) Criteria for protective footwear

(1) Protective footwear purchased after August 22, 1996

shall comply with ANSI Z41-1991, “American National

Standard for Personal Protection-Protective Footwear,”

which is incorporated by reference, as specified in Sec.

1915.5, or shall be demonstrated by the employer to be

equally as effective.

(2) Protective footwear purchased before August 22,

1996 shall comply with the “American National Standard for Personal Protection-Protective Footwear Z41-

1983,” which is incorporated by reference, as specified

in Sec. 1915.5, or shall be demonstrated by the employer

to be equally effective.

109
110

1915.157 - Hand and Body Protection

(a) Use

The employer shall ensure that each affected employee uses

appropriate hand protection and other protective clothing

where there is exposure to hazards such as skin absorption of

harmful substances, severe cuts or lacerations, severe

abrasions, punctures, chemical burns, thermal burns, harmful

temperature extremes, and sharp objects.

(b) Hot work operations

The employer shall ensure that no employee wears clothing

impregnated or covered in full or in part with flammable or

combustible materials (such as grease or oil) while engaged in

hot work operations or working near an ignition source.

(c) Electrical protective devices

The employer shall ensure that each affected employee wears

protective electrical insulating gloves and sleeves or other

electrical protective equipment, if that employee is exposed to

electrical shock hazards while working on electrical equipment.

1915.158 - Lifesaving Equipment

(a) Personal flotation devices

(1) Personal flotation devices (PFD) (life preservers, life

jackets and work vests) worn by each affected employee

shall be any United States Coast Guard (USCG) approved

and marked Type I PFD, Type II PFD, or Type III PFD; or

PFDs shall be a USCG approved Type V PFD which is

marked for use as a work vest, for commercial use, or for

use on vessels. USCG approval is pursuant to 46 CFR part

160, subpart Q, Coast Guard Lifesaving Equipment

Specifications.

(2) Prior to each use, personal flotation devices shall be

inspected for dry rot, chemical damage, or other defects

which may affect their strength and buoyancy. Defective

personal flotation devices shall not be used.

(b) Ring life buoys and ladders

(1) When work is being performed on a floating vessel 200

feet (61 meters) or more in length, at least three 30-inch

(0.76 meters) U.S. Coast Guard approved ring life buoys

with lines attached shall be located in readily visible and
accessible places. Ring life buoys shall be located one

forward, one aft, and one at the access to the gangway.

(2) On floating vessels under 200 feet (61 meters) in

length, at least one 30-inch (0.76 meters) U.S. Coast

Guard approved ring life buoy with line attached shall be

located at the gangway.

(3) At least one 30-inch (0.76 meters) U. S. Coast Guard

approved ring life buoy with a line attached shall be

located on each staging alongside of a floating vessel on

which work is being performed.

(4) At least 90 feet (27 meters) of line shall be attached

to each ring life buoy.

(5) There shall be at least one portable or permanent

ladder in the vicinity of each floating vessel on which

work is being performed. The ladder shall be of sufficient length to assist employees to reach safety in the

event they fall into the water.

1915.159 - Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS)

The criteria of this section apply to PFAS and their use.

Effective January 1, 1998, body belts and non-locking

snaphooks are not acceptable as part of a personal fall

arrest system.

(a) Criteria for connectors and anchorages

(1) Connectors shall be made of drop forged, pressed, or

formed steel or shall be made of materials with equivalent strength.

(2) Connectors shall have a corrosion-resistant finish, and

all surfaces and edges shall be smooth to prevent damage

to the interfacing parts of the system.

(3) D-rings and snaphooks shall be capable of sustaining

a minimum tensile load of 5,000 pounds (22.2 Kn).

(4) D-rings and snaphooks shall be proof-tested to a

minimum tensile load of 3,600 pounds (16 Kn) without

cracking, breaking, or being permanently deformed.

(5) Snaphooks shall be sized to be compatible with the

member to which they are connected to prevent unintentional disengagement of the snaphook caused by depression of the snaphook keeper by the connected member, or

shall be of a locking type that is designed and used to

111
prevent disengagement of the snap-hook by contact of

the snaphook keeper by the connected member.

(6) Snaphooks, unless of a locking type designed and

used to prevent disengagement from the following

connections, shall not be engaged:

(i) directly to webbing, rope or wire rope;

(ii) to each other;

(iii) to a D-ring to which another snaphook or other

connector is attached;

(iv) to a horizontal lifeline; or

(v) to any object that is incompatibly shaped or

dimensioned in relation to the snaphook such that

unintentional disengagement could occur by the

connected object being able to depress the snaphook

keeper and release itself.

(7) On suspended scaffolds or similar work platforms

with horizontal lifelines that may become vertical

lifelines, the devices used for connection to the horizontal lifeline shall be capable of locking in any direction on

the lifeline.

(8) Anchorages used for attachment of personal fall arrest

equipment shall be independent of any anchorage being

used to support or suspend platforms.

(9) Anchorages shall be capable of supporting at least

5,000 pounds (22.2 Kn) per employee attached, or shall

be designed, installed, and used as follows:

(i) as part of a complete personal fall arrest system

which maintains a safety factor of at least two; and

(ii) under the direction and supervision of a qualified

person.

(b) Criteria for lifelines, lanyards, and personal fall

arrest systems

(1) When vertical lifelines are used, each employee shall

be provided with a separate lifeline.

(2) Vertical lifelines and lanyards shall have a minimum

tensile strength of 5,000 pounds (22.2 Kn).

112
(3) Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards that automatically limit free fall distances to 2 feet (0.61 meters) or

less shall be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile

load of 3000 pounds (13.3 Kn) applied to a self-retracting

lifeline or lanyard with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully

extended position.

(4) Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards which do not

limit free fall distance to 2 feet (0.61 meters) or less,

ripstitch lanyards and tearing and deforming lanyards

shall be capable of sustaining a minimum static tensile

load of 5,000 pounds (22.2 Kn) applied to the device

when they are in the fully extended position.

(5) Horizontal lifelines shall be designed, installed, and

used under the supervision of a qualified person, and

shall only be used as part of a complete personal fall

arrest system that maintains a safety factor of at least 2.

(6) Effective November 20, 1996, personal fall arrest

systems shall:

(i) limit the maximum arresting force on a falling

employee to 900 pounds (4 Kn) when used with a

body belt;

(ii) limit the maximum arresting force on a falling

employee to 1,800 pounds (8 Kn) when used with a

body harness;

(iii) bring a falling employee to a complete stop and

limit the maximum deceleration distance an

employee travels to 3.5 feet (1.07 meters), and

(iv) have sufficient strength to withstand twice the

potential impact energy of an employee free falling

a distance of 6 feet (1.8 meters), or the free fall

distance permitted by the system, whichever is less;

Note to paragraph (b)(6) of this section: A personal fall

arrest system which meets the criteria and protocols

contained in Appendix B, is considered to comply with

paragraph (b)(6). If the combined tool and body weight is

310 pounds (140 kg) or more, systems that meet the criteria

and protocols contained in Appendix B will be deemed to

comply with the provisions of paragraphs (b)(6) only if

they are modified appropriately to provide protection for

the extra weight of the employee and tools.

(7) Personal fall arrest systems shall be rigged such that

an employee can neither free fall more than 6 feet (1.8

meters) nor contact any lower level.

113
(c) Criteria for selection, use and care of systems and

system components

(1) Lanyards shall be attached to employees using

personal fall arrest systems, as follows:

(i) The attachment point of a body harness shall be

located in the center of the wearer’s back near the

shoulder level, or above the wearer’s head. If the

free fall distance is limited to less than 20 inches,

(50.8 centimeters) the attachment point may be

located in the chest position; and

(ii) The attachment point of a body belt shall be

located in the center of the wearer’s back.

(2) Ropes and straps (webbing) used in lanyards,

lifelines and strength components of body belts and body

harnesses shall be made from synthetic fibers or wire

rope.

(3) Ropes, belts, harnesses, and lanyards shall be

compatible with their hardware.

(4) Lifelines and lanyards shall be protected against cuts,

abrasions, burns from hot work operations and deterioration by acids, solvents, and other chemicals.

(5) Personal fall arrest systems shall be inspected prior

to each use for mildew, wear, damage, and other

deterioration. Defective components shall be removed

from service.

(6) Personal fall arrest systems and components subjected to impact loading shall be immediately removed

from service and shall not be used again for employee

protection until inspected and determined by a qualified

person to be undamaged and suitable for reuse.

(7) The employer shall provide for prompt rescue of

employees in the event of a fall or shall ensure that

employees are able to rescue themselves.

(8) Body belts shall be at least one and five eighths

inches (4.1 centimeters) wide.

(9) Personal fall arrest systems and components shall be

used only for employee fall protection and not to hoist

materials.

114
115

(d) Training

Before using personal fall arrest equipment, each affected

employee shall be trained to understand the application

limits of the equipment and proper hook-up, anchoring, and

tie-off techniques. Affected employees shall also be trained

so that they can demonstrate the proper use, inspection,

and storage of their equipment.

1915.160 - Positioning Device Systems

Positioning device systems and their use shall conform to

the following provisions:

(a) Criteria for connectors and anchorages

(1) Connectors shall have a corrosion-resistant finish,

and all surfaces and edges shall be smooth to prevent

damage to interfacing parts of this system.

(2) Connecting assemblies shall have a minimum tensile

strength of 5,000 pounds (22.2 Kn).

(3) Positioning device systems shall be secured to an

anchorage capable of supporting at least twice the

potential impact load of an employee’s fall.

(4) Snaphooks, unless each is of a locking type designed

and used to prevent disengagement, shall not be connected to each other. As of January 1, 1998, only locking

type snaphooks shall be used in positioning device

systems.

(b) Criteria for positioning device systems

(1) Restraint (tether) lines shall have a minimum

breaking strength of 3,000 pounds (13.3 Kn).

(2) The following system performance criteria for

positioning device systems are effective November 20,

1996:

(i) A window cleaner’s positioning system shall be capable

of withstanding without failure a drop test consisting of a 6

foot (1.83 meters) drop of a 250 pound (113 kilograms)

weight. The system shall limit the initial arresting force to

not more than 2,000 pounds (8.89 Kn), with a duration not

to exceed 2 milliseconds. The system shall limit any

subsequent arresting forces imposed on the falling employee to not more than 1,000 pounds (4.45 Kn);
116

(ii) All other positioning device systems shall be capable of

withstanding without failure a drop test consisting of a 4-

foot (1.2 meters) drop of a 250-pound (113 kilograms)

weight.

Note to paragraph (b)(2) of this section: Positioning device

systems which comply with the provisions of Section 2 of

Non-mandatory Appendix B to this subpart shall be deemed

to meet the requirements of this paragraph (b)(2).

(c) Criteria for the use and care of positioning device

systems

(1) Positioning device systems shall be inspected before

each use for mildew, wear, damage, and other deterioration. Defective components shall be removed from

service.

(2) A positioning device system or component subjected

to impact loading shall be immediately removed from

service and shall not be used again for employee protection, unless inspected and determined by a qualified

person to be undamaged and suitable for reuse.

(d) Training

Before using a positioning device system, employees shall

be trained in the application limits, proper hook-up,

anchoring and tie-off techniques, methods of use,

inspection, and storage of positioning device systems.

1915 SUBPART I APPENDIX A - GUIDELINES FOR

HAZARD ASSESSMENT, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE

EQUIPMENT (PPE) SELECTION, AND PPE TRAINING PROGRAM (NON- MANDATORY)

Note: The appendix applicable to shipyard employment

under this section is identical to 29 CFR 1910, Subpart I.

1915 SUBPART I APPENDIX B - GENERAL TESTING CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL GUIDELINES FOR PERSONAL FALL PROTECTION

SYSTEMS

(NON-MANDATORY)

Note: The appendix applicable to shipyard employment

under this section is identical to 29 CFR 1910, Subpart I.
Subpart J—Ship’s Machinery and Piping

Systems

§1915.161—Scope and Application

The standards contained in this subpart shall apply to ship

repairing and shipbuilding and shall not apply to

shipbreaking.

§1915.162—Ships’ Boilers

(a) Before work is performed in the fire, steam, or water

spaces of a boiler where employees may be subject to

injury from the direct escape of a high temperature medium

such as steam, or water, oil, or other medium at a high

temperature entering from an interconnecting system, the

employer shall insure that the following steps are taken:

(1) The isolation and shutoff valves connecting the dead

boiler with the live system or systems shall be secured,

blanked, and tagged indicating that employees are

working in the boiler. This tag shall not be removed nor

the valves unblanked until it is determined that this may

be done without creating a hazard to the employees

working in the boiler, or until the work in the boiler is

completed. Where valves are welded instead of bolted at

least two isolation and shutoff valves connecting the dead

boiler with the live system or systems shall be secured,

locked, and tagged.

(2) Drain connections to atmosphere on all of the dead

interconnecting systems shall be opened for visual

observation of drainage.

(3) A warning sign calling attention to the fact that

employees are working in the boilers shall be hung in a

conspicuous location in the engine room. This sign shall

not be removed until it is determined that the work is

completed and all employees are out of the boilers.

§1915.163—Ships’ Piping Systems

(a) Before work is performed on a valve, fitting, or section

of piping in a piping system where employees may be

subject to injury from the direct escape of steam, or water

oil, or other medium at a high temperature, the employer

shall insure that the following steps are taken:

(1) The isolation and shutoff valves connecting the dead

system with the life system or systems shall be secured

blanked, and tagged indicating that employees are

117
working on the systems. This tag shall not be removed

nor the valves unblanked until it is determined that this

may be done without creating a hazard to the employees

working on the system, or until the work on the system is

completed. Where valves are welded instead of bolted at

least two isolation and shutoff valves connecting the dead

system with the live system or systems shall be secured,

locked, and tagged.

(2) Drain connections to atmosphere on all of the dead

interconnecting systems shall be opened for visual observation of drainage.

§1915.164—Ships’ Propulsion Machinery

(a) Before work is performed on the main engine, reduction

gear, or connecting accessories, the employer shall ensure that

the following steps are taken:

(1) The jacking gear shall be engaged to prevent the main

engine from turning over. A sign shall be posted at the

throttle indicating that the jacking gear is engaged. This

sign shall not be removed until the jacking gear can be

safely disengaged.

(2) If the jacking gear is steam driven, the stop valves to the

jacking gear shall be secured, locked, and tagged indicating

that employees are working on the main engine.

(3) If the jacking gear is electrically driven, the circuit

controlling the jacking gear shall be deenergized by

tripping the circuit breaker, opening the switch or removing

the fuse, whichever is appropriate. The breaker, switch, or

fuse location shall be tagged indicating that employees are

working on the main engine.

(b) Before the jacking engine is operated, the following

 precautions shall be taken:

(1) A check shall be made to ensure that all employees,

equipment, and tools are clear of the engine, reduction gear,

and its connecting accessories.

(2) A check shall be made to ensure that all employees,

equipment and tools are free of the propeller.

(c) Before work is started on or in the immediate vicinity of

the propeller, a warning sign calling attention to the fact that

employees are working in that area shall be hung in a

conspicuous location in the engine room. This sign shall not

be removed until it is determined that the work is completed

and all employees are free of the propeller.

118
(d) Before the main engine is turned over (e.g., when

warming up before departure or testing after an overhaul) a

check shall be made to ensure that all employees, equipment,

and tools are free of the propeller.

§1915.165—Ships’ Deck Machinery

(a) Before work is performed on the anchor windlass or any

of its attached accessories, the employer shall ensure that the

following steps are taken:

(1) The devil claws shall be made fast to the anchor chains.

(2) The riding pawls shall be in the engaged position.

(3) In the absence of devil claws and riding pawls, the

anchor chains shall be secured to a suitable fixed structure

of the vessel.

Subpart K—Portable, Unfired Pressure

Vessels, Drums and Containers, Other Than

Ship’s Equipment

§ 1915.171—Scope and Application of Subpart

The standards contained in this subpart shall apply to ship

repairing and shipbuilding and shall not apply to

shipbreaking.

§1915.172—Portable Air Receivers and Other Unfired

Pressure Vessels

(a) Portable, unfired pressure vessels, built after the effective

date of this regulation, shall be marked and reported indicating that they have been designed and constructed to meet the

standards of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XIII, Rules for

Construction of Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1963. They shall be

subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test of one and one-half

times the working pressure of the vessels.

(b) Portable, unfired pressure vessels, not built to the code

requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, and built prior

to the effective date of this regulation, shall be examined

quarterly by a competent person. They shall be subjected

yearly to a hydrostatic pressure test of one and one-half times

the working pressure of the vessels.

(c) The relief valves on the portable, unfired pressure vessels

in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be set to the safe

119
working pressure of the vessels, or set to the lowest safe

working pressure of the systems, whichever is lower.

(d) A certification record of such examinations and tests made

in compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b)

of this section shall be maintained. The certification record

shall include the date of examinations and tests, the signature

of the person who performed the examinations or tests and

the serial number, or other identifier, of the equipment

examined and tested.

§1915.173—Drums and Containers

(a) Shipping drums and containers shall not be pressurized to

remove their contents.

(b) A temporarily assembled pressurized piping system

conveying hazardous liquids or gases shall be provided with a

relief valve and bypass to prevent rupture of the system and

the escape of such hazardous liquids or gases.

(c) Pressure vessels, drums and containers containing toxic or

flammable liquids or gases shall not be stored or used where

they are subject to open flame, hot metal, or other sources of

artificial heat.

(d) Unless pressure vessels, drums and containers of 30

gallon capacity (115 liters) or over containing flammable or

toxic liquids or gases are placed in an out-of-the-way area

where they will not be subject to physical injury from an

outside source, barriers or guards shall be erected to protect

them from such physical injury.

(e) Containers of 55 gallons (211.5 liters) or more capacity

containing flammable or toxic liquid shall be surrounded by

dikes or pans which enclose a volume equal to at least 35

percent of the total volume of the containers.

(f) Fire extinguishers adequate in number and suitable for the

hazard shall be provided. These extinguishers shall be located

in the immediate area where pressure vessels, drums, and

containers containing flammable liquids or gases are stored or

in use. Such extinguishers shall be ready for use at all times.

Subpart L—Electrical Machinery

§1915.181—Electrical Circuits and Distribution Boards

(a) The provisions of this section shall apply to ship repairing

and shlpbuilding and shall not apply to shipbreaking.

120
121

(b) Before an employee is permitted to work on an electrical

circuit, except when the circuit must remain energized for testing

and adjusting, the circuit shall be deenergized and checked at the

point at which the work is to be done to insure that it is actually

deenergized. When testing or adjusting an energized circuit a

rubber mat, duck board, or other suitable insulation shall be used

underfoot where an insulated deck does not exist.

(c) Deenergizing the circuit shall be accomplished by opening the

circuit breaker, opening the switch, or removing the fuse,

whichever method is appropriate. The circuit breaker, switch, or

fuse location shall be tagged to indicate that an employee is

working on the circuit. Such tags shall not be removed nor the

circuit energized until it is definitely determined that the work on

the circuit has been completed.

(d) When work is performed immediately adjacent to an openfront energized board or in back of an energized board, the board

shall be covered or some other equally safe means shall be used to

prevent contact with any of the energized parts.

Subpart Z — Toxic and Hazardous Substances

1915.1000 - Air Contaminants

Wherever this section applies, an employee’s exposure to any

substance listed in Table Z-Shipyards of this section shall be

limited in accordance with the requirements of the following

paragraphs of this section.

(a)(1) “Substances with limits preceded by “C” -

“Ceiling Values.”

An employee’s exposure to any substance in Table Z-Shipyards,

the exposure limit of which is preceded by a “C,” shall at no time

exceed the exposure limit given for that substance. If instantaneous monitoring is not feasible, then the ceiling shall be assessed

as a 15-minute time weighted average exposure which shall not

be exceeded at any time over a working day.

(a)(2) “Other Substances” - “8-hour Time Weighted

Averages.”

An employee’s exposure to any substance in Table Z-Shipyards ,

the exposure limit of which is not preceded by a “C,” shall not

exceed the 8-hour Time Weighted Average given for that

substance in any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour work week.

See standard located in 1915. 1000 for footnotes and computation

formulae.
122

Table Z-Shipyards

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

Abate; see Temephos

Acetaldehyde 75-07-0 200 360

Acetic acid 64-19-7 10 25

Acetic anhydride 108-24-7 5 20

Acetone 67-64-1 1000 2400

Acetonitrile 75-05-8 40 70

2-Acetylaminofluorene;

 see 1915.1014 53-96-3

Acetylene 74-86-2 E

Acetylene dichloride;

 see

Acetylene tetrabromide 79-27-6 1 14

Acrolein 107-02-8 0.1 0.25

Acrylamide 79-06-1 0.3 X

Acrylonitrile;

 see 1915.1045 107-13-1

Aldrin 309-00-2 0.25 X

Allyl alcohol 107-18-6 2 5 X

Allylchloride 107-05-1 1 3

Allylglycidylether

(AGE) 106-92-3(C)10 (C)45

Allylpropyl disulfide 2179-59-1 2 12

alpha-Alumina 1344-28-1

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Aluminum (as Al) Metal 7429-90-5

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Alundum; see

alpha-Alumina

4-Aminodiphenyl;

 see 1915.1011 92-67-1

2-Aminoethanol;

see Ethanolamine

2-Aminopyridine 504-29-0 0.5 2

Ammonia 7664-41-7 50 35

Ammoniumsulfamate 7773-06-0

Total dust 15

Respirablefraction 5

n-Amyl acetate 628-63-7 100 525

sec-Amylacetate 626-38-0 125 650

Aniline and homologs 62-53-3 5 19 X

Anisidine

(o-,p-isomers) 29191-52-4 0.5 X

Antimony and

compounds

(as Sb) 7440-36-0 0.5

ANTU (alpha

Naphthylthiourea) 86-88-4 0.3

Argon 7440-37-1 E

Arsenic inorganic

compounds (as As);

 see 1915.1018 7440-38-2

Arsenic, organic

compounds (as As) 7440-38-2 0.5

Arsine 7784-42-1 0.05 0.2

Asbestos;

 see 1915.1001
123

Azinphos-methyl 86-50-0 0.2 X

Barium, soluble

compounds (as Ba) 7440-39-3 0.5

Barium sulfate 7727-43-7

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Benomyl 17804-35-2

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Benzene(g); See

1915.1028 71-43-2

Benzidine;

 See 1915.1010 92-87-5

p-Benzoquinone;

 see Quinone

Benzo(a)pyrene; see

Coaltar pitch

volatiles

Benzoyl peroxide 94-36-0 5

Benzyl chloride 100-44-7 15

Beryllium and

beryllium compounds

(as Be) 7440-41-7 0.002

Biphenyl; see Diphenyl

Bismuth telluride,

Undoped 1304-82-1

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Bisphenol A; see

Diglycidylether

Boronoxide 1303-86-2

Total dust 15

Boron tribromide 10294-33-4 1 10

Boron trifluoride 7637-07-2 (C)1 (C)3

Bromine 7726-95-6 0.1 0.7

Bromine pentafluoride 7789-30-2 0.1 0.7

Bromoform 75-25-2 0.5 5 X

Butadiene

(1,3-Butadiene); See

29 CFR 1910.1051; 106-99-0 1 ppm/5

29 CFR 1910.19(1) ppm STEL

Butanethiol;

see Butyl mercaptan

2-Butanone

(Methylethylketone) 78-93-3 200 590

2-Butoxyethanol 111-76-2 50 240 X

n-Butyl-acetate 123-86-4 150 710

sec-Butylacetate 105-46-4 200 950

tert-Butyl-acetate 540-88-5 200 950

n-Butylalcohol 71-36-3 100 300

sec-Butyl alcohol 78-92-2 150 450

tert-Butyl alcohol 75-65-0 100 300

Butylamine 109-73-9 (C)5 (C)15 X

tert-Butylchromate

(as CrO(3)) 1189-85-1 (C)0.1 X

n-Butylglycidylether

(BGE) 2426-08-6 50 270

Butyl mercaptan 109-79-5 0.5 1.5

Table Z-Shipyards (cont’d.)

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation
124

p-tert-Butyltoluene 98-51-1 10 60

Cadmium dust fume

(as Cd);

 see 1915.1027 7440-43-9

Calcium Carbonate 1317-65-3

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Calcium hydroxide 1305-62-0

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Calcium oxide 1305-78-8 5

Calcium silicate 1344-95-2

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Calcium sulfate 7778-18-9

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Camphor, synthetic 76-22-2 2

Carbaryl (Sevin) 63-25-2 5

Carbon black 1333-86-4 3.5

Carbon dioxide 124-38-9 5000 9000

Carbon isulfide 75-15-0 20 60 X

Carbon monoxide 630-08-0 50 55

Carbon tetrachloride 56-23-5 10 65 X

Cellulose 9004-34-6

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Chlordane 57-74-9 0.5 X

Chlorinated camphene 8001-35-2 0.5 X

Chlorinated diphenyl

 oxide 55720-99-5 0.5

Chlorine 7782-50-5 1 3

Chlorine trifluoride 7790-91-2 (C)0.1 (C)0.4

Chloroacetaldehyde 107-20-0 (C)1 (C)3

a-Chloroacetophenone

(Phenacyl chloride) 532-27-4 0.05 0.3

Chlorobenzene 108-90-7 75 350

o-Chlorobenzylidene

 malononitrile 2698-41-1 0.05 0.4

Chlorobromomethane 74-97-5 200 1050

2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene;

 see beta-Chloroprene

Chlorodiphenyl

(42% Chlorine)(PCB) 53469-21-9 1 X

Chlorodiphenyl

(54% Chlorine)(PCB) 11097-69-1 0.5 X

1-Chloro-2,

3-epoxypropane;

 see Epichlorohydrin

2-Chloroethanol; see

Ethylene chlorohydrin

Chloroethylene;

 see Vinyl chloride

Chloroform

(Trichloromethane) 67-66-3 50 240

bis(Chloromethyl)

ether; see 1915.1008 542-88-1

Chloromethyl methyl

ether; see 1915.1006 107-30-2

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation
1-Chloro-1-nitropropane 600-25-9 20 100

Chloropicrin 76-06-2 0.1 0.7

beta-Chloroprene 126-99-8 25 90 X

2-Chloro-6

(trichloromethyl)

pyridine 1929-82-4

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Chromic acid and

chromates (as CrO(3))

Varies with 0.1

compound

Chromium (II)

compounds

(asCr) 7440-47-3 0.5

Chromium (III)

compounds (asCr) 7440-47-3 0.5

Chromium metal and

insol salts (as Cr) 7440-47-3 1

Chrysene; see Coaltar

pitch volatiles

Clopidol 2971-90-6

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Coal tar pitch

volatiles (benzene

soluble fraction),

anthracene, BaP,

phenanthrene,

acridine, chrysene,

pyrene 65966-93-2 0.2

Cobalt metal, dust,

and fume (as Co) 7440-48-4 0.1

Copper 7440-50-8

Fume (as Cu) 0.1

Dusts and mists

(as Cu) 1

Corundum; see Emery

Cotton dust (raw) 1

Crag herbicide (Sesone) 136-78-7

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Cresol, all isomers 1319-77-3 5 22 X

Crotonaldehyde 123-73-9 2 6

4170-30-3

Cumene 98-82-8 50 245 X

Cyanides (as CN) Varies

with Compound 5

Cyanogen 460-19-5 10

Cyclohexane 110-82-7 300 1050

Cyclohexanol 108-93-0 50 200

Cyclohexanone 108-94-1 50 200

Cyclohexene 110-83-8 300 1015

Cyclonite 121-82-4 1.5 X

Cyclopentadiene 542-92-7 75 200

2,4-D (Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid) 94-75-7 10

Decaborane 17702-41-9 0.05 0.3 X

Demeton (Systox) 8065-48-3 0.1 X

125

Table Z-Shipyards (cont’d.)

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation
126

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

Diacetone alcohol

(4-Hydroxy-4-methyl2-pentanone) 123-42-2 50 240

1,2-Diaminoethane;

 see Ethylenediamine

Diazomethane 334-88-3 0.2 0.4

Diborane 19287-45-7 0.1 0.1

1,2-Dibromo-3-

chloropropane (CBCP);

 see 1915.1044 96-12-8

1,2-Dibromoethane; see

Ethylene dibromide

Dibutyl phosphate 107-66-4 1 5

Dibutyl phthalate 84-74-2 5

Dichloroacetylene 7572-29-4 (C)0.1 (C)0.4

o-Dichlorobenzene 95-50-1 (C)50 (C)300

p-Dichlorobenzene 106-46-7 75 450

3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine;

 see 1915.1007 91-94-1

Dichlorodifluoromethane 75-71-8 1000 4950

1,3-Dichloro-5,

5-dimethyl hydantoin 118-52-5 0.2

Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT) 50-29-3 1 X

1,1-Dichloroethane 75-34-3 100 400

1,2-Dichloroethane;

 see

Ethylene dichloride

1,2-Dichloroethylene 540-59-0 200 790

Dichloroethylether 111-44-4 (C)15 (C)90 X

Dichloromethane; see

Methylene chloride

Dichloromonofluoromethane 75-43-4 1000 4200

1,1-Dichloro-1-

nitroethane 594-72-9 (C)10 (C)60

1,2-Dichloropropane;

 see

Propylene dichloride

Dichlorotetrafluoroethane 76-14-2 1000 7000

Dichlorvos (DDVP) 62-73-7 1 X

Dicyclopentadienyl iron 102-54-5

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Dieldrin 60-57-1 0.25 X

Diethylamine 109-89-7 25 75

2-Diethylaminoethanol 100-37-8 10 50

Diethylene triamine 111-40-0 (C)10 (C)42 X

Diethylether;

 see Ethylether

Difluorodibromomethane 75-61-6 100 860

Diglycidylether (DGE) 2238-07-5 (C)0.5 (C)2.8

Dihydroxybenzene;

 see Hydroquinone

Diisobutylketone 108-83-8 50 290

Diisopropylamine 108-18-9 5 20 X
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene;

 see 1915.1015 60-11-7

Dimethoxymethane;

 see Methylal

Dimethyl acetamide 127-19-5 10 35 X

Dimethylamine 124-40-3 10 18

Dimethylaminobenzene;

 see Xylidine

Dimethylaniline

(N,N-Dimethylaniline) 121-69-7 5 25 X

Dimethylbenzene;

 see Xylene

Dimethyl-1,2-dibromo-2,

2-dichloroethyl

phosphate 300-76-5 3

Dimethylformamide 68-12-2 10 30 X

2,6-Dimethyl-4-

heptanone; see

Diisobutylketone

1,1-Dimethylhydrazine 57-14-7 0.5 1 X

Dimethylphthalate 131-11-3 5

Dimethyl sulfate 77-78-3 1 5 X

Dinitrobenzene

(allisomers) 1 X

(ortho) 528-29-0

(meta) 99-65-0

(para) 100-25-4

Dinitro-o-cresol 534-52-1 0.2 X

Dinitrotoluene 25321-14-6 1.5 X

Dioxane

(Diethylene dioxide) 123-91-1 100 360 X

Diphenyl (Biphenyl) 92-52-4 0.2 1

Diphenylamine 122-39-4 10

Diphenylmethane

diisocyanate; see

Methylene bisphenyl

isocyanate

Dipropyleneglycol

methylether 34590-94-8 100 600 X

Di-secoctyl phthalate

(Di-(2-ethylhexyl)

phthalate) 117-81-7 5

Emery 12415-34-8

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Endosulfan 115-29-7 0.1 X

Endrin 72-20-8 0.1 X

Epichlorohydrin 106-89-8 5 19 X

EPN 2104-64-5 0.5 X

1,2-Epoxypropane; see

Propylene -propanol;

 see Glycidol

Ethane 74-84-0 E

Ethanethiol; see

Ethyl mercaptan

Ethanolamine 141-43-5 3 6

2-Ethoxyethanol

(Cellosolve) 110-80-5 200 740 X

127

Table Z-Shipyards (cont’d.)

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation
128

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

2-Ethoxyethyl acetate

(Cellosolve acetate) 111-15-9 100 540 X

Ethyl acetate 141-78-6 400 1400

Ethyl acrylate 140-88-5 25 100 X

Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol) 64-17-5 1000 1900

Ethylamine 75-04-7 10 18

Ethylamylketone

(5-Methyl-3-

heptanone) 541-85-5 25 130

Ethyl benzene 100-41-4 100 435

Ethyl bromide 74-96-4 200 890

Ethylbutylketone

(3-Heptanone) 106-35-4 50 230

Ethyl chloride 75-00-3 1000 2600

Ethylether 60-29-7 400 1200

Ethyl formate 109-94-4 100 300

Ethyl mercaptan 75-08-1 0.5 1

Ethyl silicate 78-10-4 100 850

Ethylene 74-85-1 E

Ethylene chlorohydrin 107-07-3 5 16 X

Ethylenediamine 107-15-3 10 25

Ethylene dibromide 106-93-4 (C)25 (C)190 X

Ethylene dichloride

(1,2-Dichloroethane) 107-06-2 50 200

Ethylene glycol

dinitrate 628-96-6 (C)0.2 (C)1 X

Ethylene glycol methyl

acetate; see Methyl

cellosolve acetate

Ethyleneimine;

 see 1915.1012 151-56-4

Ethylene oxide;

 see 1915.1047 75-21-8

Ethylidene chloride;

 see 1,1-Dichlorethane

N-Ethylmorpholine 100-74-3 20 94 X

Ferbam 14484-64-1

Total dust 15

Ferrovanadium dust 12604-58-9 1

Fibrous Glass

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Fluorides (as F) Varies with 2.5

compound

Fluorine 7782-41-4 0.1 0.2

Fluorotrichloromethane

(Trichlorofluoromethane) 75-69-4 1000 5600

Formaldehyde;

 see 1915.1048 50-00-0

Formic acid 64-18-6 5 9

Furfural 98-01-1 5 20 X

Furfuryl alcohol 98-00-0 50 200

Gasoline 8006-61-9 A(3)

Glycerin (mist) 56-81-5

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Glycidol 556-52-5 50 150

Glycolmonoethyl ether;
Table Z-Shipyards (cont’d.)

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

 see 2-Ethoxyethanol

Graphite, natural

respirable dust 7782-42-5 (2) (2) (2)

Graphite, synthetic

Total dust 15

Respirable Fraction 5

Guthion;

 see Azinphos methyl

Gypsum 13397-24-5

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Hafnium 7440-58-6 0.5

Helium 7440-59-7 E

Heptachlor 76-44-8 0.5 X

Heptane (n-Heptane) 142-82-5 500 2000

Hexachloroethane 67-72-1 1 10 X

Hexachloronaphthalene 1335-87-1 0.2 X

n-Hexane 110-54-3 500 1800

2-Hexanone (Methyl

n-butylketone) 591-78-6 100 410

Hexone (Methyl

isobutylketone) 108-10-1 100 410

sec-Hexyl acetate 108-84-9 50 300

Hydrazine 302-01-2 1 1.3 X

Hydrogen 1333-74-0 E

Hydrogen bromide 10035-10-6 3 10

Hydrogen chloride 7647-01-0 (C)5 (C)7

Hydrogen cyanide 74-90-8 10 11 X

Hydrogen fluoride

(asF) 7664-39-3 3 2

Hydrogen peroxide 7722-84-1 1 1.4

Hydrogen selenide

(as Se) 7783-07-5 0.05

Hydrogen sulfide 7783-06-4 10 15

Hydroquinone 123-31-9 2

Indene 95-13-6 10 45

Indium and

compounds (as in) 7440-74-6 0.1

Iodine 7553-56-2 (C)0.1 (C)1

Iron oxide fume 1309-37-1 10

Iron salts (soluble)

(as Fe) Varies with 1

compound

Isomyl acetate 123-92-2 100 525

Isomyl alcohol

(primary and

secondary) 123-51-3 100 360

Isobutyl acetate 110-19-0 150 700

Isobutyl alcohol 78-83-1 100 300

Isophorone 78-59-1 25 140

Isopropyl acetate 108-21-4 250 950

Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0 400 980

Isopropylamine 75-31-0 5 12

Isopropyl ether 108-20-3 500 2100

Isopropyl glycidyl

ether (IGE) 4016-14-2 50 240

Kaolin 1332-58-7

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

129
 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

Ketene 463-51-4 0.5 0.9

Lead inorganic (as Pb);

 see 1915.1025 7439-92-1

Limestone 1317-65-3

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Lindane 58-89-9 0.5 X

Lithium hydride 7580-67-8 0.025

L.P.G (Liquified

petroleum gas) 68476-85-7 1000 1800

Magnesite 546-93-0

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Magnesium oxide fume 1309-48-4

Total Particulate 15

Malathion 121-75-5

Total dust 15 X

Maleic anhydride 108-31-6 0.25

Manganese compounds

(as Mn) 7439-96-5 (C)5

Manganese fume (as Mn) 7439-96-5 (C)5

Marble 1317-65-3

Total dust 1 5

Respirable fraction 5

Mercury (aryl and

inorganic)(as Hg) 7439-97-6 0.1 X

Mercury (organo) alkyl

compounds (as Hg) 7439-97-6 0.01 X

Mercury vapor) (as Hg) 7439-97-6 0.1 X

Mesityl oxide 141-79-7 25 100

Methane 74-82-8 E

Methanethiol;

 see Methyl mercaptan

Methoxychlor 72-43-5

Total dust 15

2-Methoxyethanol;

(Methylcellosolve) 109-86-4 25 80 X

2-Methoxyethyl acetate

(Methylcellosolve

acetate) 110-49-6 25 120 X

Methyl acetate 79-20-9 200 610

Methyl acetylene

(Propyne) 74-99-7 1000 1650

Methyl acetylene

propadiene mixture

(MAPP) 1000 1800

Methyl acrylate 96-33-3 10 35 X

Methylal

(Dimethoxy-methane) 109-87-5 1000 3100

Methyl alcohol 67-56-1 200 260

Methylamine 74-89-5 10 12

Methylamyl alcohol;

 see Methyl Isobutyl

carbinol

Methyl n-amylketone 110-43-0 100 465

Methyl bromide 74-83-9 (C)20 (C)80 X

Methylbutylketone;

 see 2-Hexanone

130
131

Table Z-Shipyards (cont’d.)

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

Methylcellosolve;

see 2-Methoxyethanol

Methylcellosolve

acetate;

 see 2-Methoxyethyl

acetate

Methyl chloride 74-87-3 100 210

Methyl chloroform

(1,1,1-Trichloroethane) 71-55-6 350 1900

Methylcyclohexane 108-87-2 500 2000

Methylcyclohexanol 25639-42-3 100 470

o-Methylcyclohexanone 583-60-8 100 460 X

Methylene chloride:

 see 1910.1052

Methylethylketone

(MEK); see 2-Butanone

Methyl ormate 107-31-3 100 250

Methylhydrazine

(Monomethyl

hydrazine) 60-34-4 (C)0.2 (C)0.35 X

Methyl iodide 74-88-4 5 28 X

Methyl isoamylketone 110-12-3 100 475

Methylisobutyl

carbinol 108-11-2 25 100 X

Methyl isobutylketone;

see Hexone

Methyl isocyanate 624-83-9 0.02 0.05 X

Methylmercaptan 74-93-1 0.5 1

Methylmethacrylate 80-62-6 100 410 100

Methylpropylketone;

see 2-Pentanone

Methylsilicate 681-84-5 5 30

alpha-Methylstyrene 98-83-9 (C)100 (C)480

Methylenebisphenyl

isocyanate (MDI) 101-68-8 (C)0.02 (C)0.2

Mica; see Silicates

Mineral wool

Total dust 15

Respirable dust 5

Molybdenum (as Mo) 7439-98-7

Soluble compounds 5

Insoluble Compounds

Total dust 15

Monomethylaniline 100-61-8 2 9 X

Monomethylhydrazine;

 see Methylhydrazine

Morpholine 110-91-8 20 70 X

Naphtha (Coal tar) 8030-30-6 100 400

Naphthalene 91-20-3 10 50

alpha-Naphthylamine;

 see 1915.1004 134-32-7

beta-Naphthylamine;

 see 1915.1009 91-59-8

Neon 7440-01-9 E

Nickel carbonyl (as Ni) 13463-39-3 0.001 0.007

Nickel, metal and

insoluble compounds

(as Ni) 7440-02-0 1
132

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

Nickel, soluble

compounds (as Ni) 7440-02-0 1

Nicotine 54-11-5 0.5 X

Nitric acid 7697-37-2 2 5

Nitric oxide 10102-43-9 25 30

p-Nitroaniline 100-01-6 1 6 X

Nitrobenzene 98-95-3 1 5 X

p-Nitrochlorobenzene 100-00-5 1 X

4-Nitrodiphenyl;

 see 1915.1003 92-93-3

Nitroethane 79-24-3 100 310

Nitrogen 7727-37-9 E

Nitrogen dioxide 10102-44-0 (C)5 (C)9

Nitrogen trifluoride 7783-54-2 10 29

Nitroglycerin 55-63-0 (C)0.2 (C)2 X

Nitromethane 75-52-5 100 250

1-Nitropropane 108-03-2 25 90

2-Nitropropane 79-46-9 25 90

N-Nitrosodimethylamine;

 see 1915.1016 62-79-9

Nitrotoluene

(allisomers) 5 30 X

o-isomer 88-72-2

m-isomer 99-08-1

p-isomer 99-99-0

Nitrotrichloromethane;

 see Chloropicrin

Nitrous oxide 10024-97-2 E

Octachloronaphthalene 2234-13-1 0.1 X

Octane 111-65-9 400 1900

Oil mist, mineral 8012-95-1 5

Osmium tetroxide

(as Os) 20816-12-0 0.002

Oxalic acid 144-62-7 1

Oxygen difluoride 7783-41-7 0.05 0.1

Ozone 10028-15-6 0.1 0.2

Paraquat, respirable

dust 4685-14-7 0.5 X

1910-42-5

2074-50-2

Parathion 56-38-2 0.1

Particulates not

otherwise regulated

Total dust organic

and inorganic 15

PCB; see Chlorodiphenyl

(42% and 54%

chlorine)

Pentaborane 19624-22-7 0.005 0.01

Pentachloronaphthalene 1321-64-8 0.5 X

Pentachlorophenol 87-86-5 0.5 X

Pentaerythritol 115-77-5

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Pentane 109-66-0 500 1500

2-Pentanone (Methyl

propyl ketone) 107-87-9 200 700

Perchloroethylene

(Tetrachloroethylene) 127-18-4 100 670
Table Z-Shipyards (cont’d.)

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

Perchloromethyl

mercaptan 594-42-3 0.1 0.8

Perchloryl fluoride 7616-94-6 3 13.5

Perlite 93763-70-3

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Petroleum distillates

(Naphtha)(Rubber

Solvent) A(3)

Phenol 108-95-2 5 19 X

p-Phenylene diamine 106-50-3 0.1 X

Phenyl ether, vapor 101-84-8 1 7

Phenyl ether-biphenyl

mixture, vapor 1 7

Phenylethylene;

 see Styrene

Phenyl glycidyl ether

(PGE) 122-60-1 10 60

Phenylhydrazine 100-63-0 5 22 X

Phosdrin (Mevinphos) 7786-34-7 0.1 X

Phosgene (Carbonyl

chloride) 75-44-5 0.1 0.4

Phosphine 7803-51-2 0.3 0.4

Phosphoric acid 7664-38-2 1

Phosphorus (yellow) 7723-14-0 0.1

Phosphorus

pentachloride 10026-13-8 1

Phosphorus pentasulfide 1314-80-3 1

Phosphorus trichloride 7719-12-2 0.5 3

Phthalic anhydride 85-44-9 2 12

Picloram 1918-02-1

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Picric acid 88-89-1 0.1

Piperazine

dihydrochloride 142-64-3 X

Pindone (2-Pivalyl-1,

3-indandione) 83-26-1 0.1

Plaster of paris 26499-65-0

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Platinum (as Pt) 7440-06-4

Metal

Soluble Salts 0.002

Polytetrafluoroethylene

decomposition

products A(2)

Portland cement 65997-15-1

Total dust 15 10

Respirable fraction 5

Propargyl alcohol 107-19-7 1 X

beta-Propriolactone;

 see 1915.1013 57-57-8

Propionic acid 79-09-4

n-Propyl acetate 109-60-4 200 840

n-Propyl alcohol 71-23-8 200 500

n-Propyl nitrate 627-13-4 25 110

Propylene dichloride 78-87-5 75 350

Propyleneimine 75-55-8 2 5 X

133
 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

Propylene oxide 75-56-9 100 240

Propyne; see Methyl

acetylene

Pyrethrum 8003-34-7 5

Pyridine 110-86-1 5 15

Quinone 106-51-4 0.1 0.4

RDX: see Cyclonite

Rhodium (as Rh), metal

fume and insoluble

compounds 7440-16-6 0.1

Rhodium (as Rh),

soluble compounds 7440-16-6 0.001

Ronnel 299-84-3 10

Rotenone 83-79-4 5

Rouge

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Selenium compounds

(as Se) 7782-49-2 0.2

Selenium hexafluoride

(as Se) 7783-79-1 0.05 0.4

Silica, amorphous,

precipitated angel 112926-00-8 (2) (2) (2)

Silica, amorphous,

diatomaceous earth,

containing less than

1% crystalline silica 61790-53-2 (2) (2) (2)

Silica, crystalline

cristobalite,

respirable dust 14464-46-1 (2) (2) (2)

Silica, crystalline

quartz, respirable

dust 14808-60-7 (2) (2) (2)

Silica, crystalline

tripoli (as quartz),

respirable dust 1317-95-9 (2) (2) (2)

Silica, crystalline

tridymite,

respirable dust 15468-32-3 (2) (2) (2)

Silica, fused,

respirable dust 60676-86-0 (2) (2) (2)

Silicates (less than 1%

crystalline silica)

Mica (respirable

dust) 12001-26-2 (2) (2) (2)

Soapstone, total dust (2) (2) (2)

Soapstone, respirable

dust (2) (2) (2)

Talc (containing

asbestos) (3) (3) (3)

Talc (containing no

asbestos),

respirable dust 14807-96-6 (2) (2) (2)

Tremolite (3) (3) (3)

Silicon 7440-21-3

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Silicon carbide 409-21-2

Total dust 15

134
Table Z-Shipyards (cont’d.)

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

135

Respirable fraction 5

Silver, metal and

soluble compounds

(as Ag) 7440-22-4 0.01

Soapstone;

 see Silicates

Sodium fluoroacetate 62-74-8 0.05 X

Sodium hydroxide 1310-73-2 2

Starch 9005-25-8

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Stibine 7803-52-3 0.1 0.5

Stoddard solvent 8052-41-3 200 1150

Strychnine 57-24-9 0.15

Styrene 100-42-5 100 420 50

Sucrose 57-50-1

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Sulfur dioxide 7446-09-5 5 13

Sulfur hexafluoride 2551-62-4 1000 6000

Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 1

Sulfur monochloride 10025-67-9 1 6

Sulfur pentafluoride 5714-22-7 0.025 0.25

Sulfuryl fluoride 2699-79-8 5 20

Systox; see Demeton

2,4,5-T (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic

acid) 93-76-5 10

Talc; see Silicates

Tantalum, metal and

oxide dust 7440-25-7 5

TEDP (Sulfotep) 3689-24-5 0.2 X

Teflon decomposition

products A2

Tellurium and

compounds (as Te) 13494-80-9 0.1

Tellurium hexafluoride

(as Te) 7783-80-4 0.02 0.2

Temephos 3383-96-8

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

TEPP (Tetraethyl

pyrophosphaate) 107-49-3 0.05 X

Terphenylis 26140-60-3 (C)1 (C)9

1,1,1,2-Tetrachloro-2,

2-difluoroethane 76-11-9 500 4170

1,1,2,2-Tetrachloro-1,

2-difluoroethane 76-12-0 500 4170

1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 79-34-5 5 35 X

Tetrachoroethylene;

see Perchloroethylene

Tetrachloromethane; see

Carbon tetrachloride

Tetrachloronaphthalene 1335-88-2 2 X

Tetraethyl lead (as Pb) 78-00-2 0.1 X

Tetrahydrofuran 109-99-9 200 590

Tetramethyl lead,

(as Pb) 75-74-1 0.15 X
 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

136

Tetramethyl

succinonitrile 3333-52-6 0.5 3 X

Tetranitromethane 509-14-8 1 8

Tetryl (2,4,6-Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) 479-45-8 1.5 X

Thallium, soluble

compounds (as Tl) 7440-28-0 0.1 X

4,4'-Thiobis(6-tert,

Butyl-m-cresol) 96-69-5

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Thiram 137-26-8 5

Tin, inorganic

compounds (except

oxides) (as Sn) 7440-31-5 2

Tin, organic compounds

(as Sn) 7440-31-5 0.1

Tin oxide (as Sn) 21651-19-4

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Titanium dioxide 13463-67-7

Total dust 15

Toluene 108-88-3 200 750 100

Toluene-2,

4-diisocyanate (TDI) 584-84-9 (C)0.02 (C)0.14

o-Toluidine 95-53-4 5 22 X

Toxaphene; see

Chlorinated camphene

Tremolite;

 see Silicates

Tributyl phosphate 126-73-8 5

1,1,1-Trichloroethane;

 see Methylchloroform

1,1,2-Trichloroethane 79-00-5 10 45 X

Trichloroethylene 79-01-6 100 535

Trichloromethane;

 see Chloroform

Trichloronaphthalene 1321-65-9 5 X

1,2,3-Trichloropropane 96-18-4 50 300

1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,

2-trifluoroethane 76-13-1 1000 7600

Triethylamine 121-44-8 25 100

Trifluorobromomethane 75-63-8 1000 6100

Trimethyl benzene 25551-13-7 25 120

2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl;

see Picric acid

2,4,6-Trinitrophenylmethyl nitramine;

 see Tetryl

2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene

(TNT) 118-96-7 1.5 X

Triorthocresyl

phosphate 78-30-8 0.1

Triphenyl phosphate 115-86-6 3

Tungsten (as W) 7440-33-7

Insoluble compounds 5

Soluble compounds 1
Table Z-Shipyards (cont’d.)

 Skin

Substance CAS No (d) ppm (a) mg/m(3)(h) Designation

137

Turpentine 8006-64-2 100 560

Uranium (as U) 7440-61-1

Soluble compounds 0.2

Insoluble compounds 0.2

Vanadium 1314-62-1

Respirable dust

(as V(2)O(5)) (C)0.5

Fume (as V(2)O(5)) (C)0.1

Vegetable oil mist

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Vinyl benzene;

 see Styrene

Vinyl chloride;

 see 1915.1017 75-01-4

Vinyl cyanide;

 see Acrylonitrile

Vinyl toluene 25013-15-4 100 480

Warfarin 81-81-2 0.1

Xylenes

(o-, m-, p-isomers) 1330-20-7 100 435

Xylidine 1300-73-8 5 25 X

Yttrium 7440-65-5 1

Zinc chloride fume 7646-85-7 1

Zinc oxide fume 1314-13-2 5

Zinc oxide 1314-13-2

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Zinc stearate 557-05-1

Total dust 15

Respirable fraction 5

Zirconium compounds

(as Zr) 7440-67-7 5
138

MINERAL DUSTS

Substance mppcf(j)

SILICA: Crystalline Quartz Threshold limit calculated from the

 formula

250(k)

percent SiO(2)+5

Cristobalite

Amorphous, including

natural diatomaceous

earth 20

SILICATES (less than 1

percent crystalline

silica)

Mica 20

Portland cement 50

Soapstone 20

Talc (non-asbestiform) 20

Talc (fibrous), use asbestos

limit

Graphite (natural) 15

Inert or Nuisance Particulates:(m) 50 (or 5 mg/m(3)

whichever is the smaller) of total dustless than 1 percent

SiO(2)Conversion factors mppcf x 35.3 = million particles per cubic

meter = particles per c.c

1915.1001 - Asbestos

(a) Scope and application

This section regulates asbestos exposure in all shipyard

employment work as defined in 29 CFR 1915, including but

not limited to the following:

(1) Demolition or salvage of structures, vessels, and vessel

sections where asbestos is present;

(2) Removal or encapsulation of materials containing

asbestos;

(3) Construction, alteration, repair, maintenance, or

renovation of vessels, vessel sections, structures,

substrates, or portions thereof, that contain asbestos;

(4) Installation of products containing asbestos;

(5) Asbestos spill/emergency cleanup; and

(6) Transportation, disposal, storage, containment of and

housekeeping activities involving asbestos or products

containing asbestos, on the site or location at which

construction activities are performed.

(7) Coverage under this standard shall be based on the

nature of the work operation involving asbestos exposure.
(b) Definitions

“Aggressive” method means removal or disturbance of

building/vessel materials by sanding, abrading, grinding, or

other method that breaks, crumbles, or otherwise disintegrates intact ACM.

“Amended water” means water to which surfactant

(wetting agent) has been added to increase the ability of

the liquid to penetrate ACM.

“Asbestos” includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite,

tremolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite

asbestos, and any of these minerals that has been chemically treated and/or altered. For purposes of this standard,

“asbestos” includes PACM, as defined below.

 “Asbestos-containing material, (ACM)” means any

material containing more than one percent asbestos.

“Assistant Secretary” means the Assistant Secretary of

Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

“Authorized person” means any person authorized by the

employer and required by work duties to be present in

regulated areas.

“Building/facility/vessel owner” is the legal entity, including a lessee, which exercises control over management and

record keeping functions relating to a building, facility,

and/or vessel in which activities covered by this standard

take place.

“Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH)” means one certified

in the practice of industrial hygiene by the American Board

of Industrial Hygiene.

“Class I asbestos work” means activities involving the

removal of thermal system insulation or surfacing ACM/

PACM.

“Class II asbestos work” means activities involving the

removal of ACM which is neither TSI or surfacing ACM.

This includes, but is not limited to, the removal of asbestos-containing wallboard, floor tile and sheeting, roofing

and siding shingles, and construction mastics.

“Class III asbestos work means” repair and maintenance

operations, where “ACM”, including TSI and surfacing

ACM and PACM, is likely to be disturbed.

139
“Class IV asbestos work” means maintenance and custodial

activities during which employees contact but do not

disturb ACM or PACM and activities to clean up dust,

waste and debris resulting from Class I, II, and III activities.

“Clean room” means an uncontaminated room having

facilities for the storage of employees’ street clothing and

uncontaminated materials and equipment.

“Closely resemble” means that the major workplace

conditions which have contributed to the levels of historic

asbestos exposure, are no more protective than conditions

of the current workplace.

“Competent person” see “Qualified person”

“Critical barrier” means one or more layers of plastic

sealed over all openings into a work area or any other

physical barrier sufficient to prevent airborne asbestos in a

work area from migrating to an adjacent area.

“Decontamination area” means an enclosed area adjacent

and connected to the regulated area and consisting of an

equipment room, shower area, and clean room, which is

used for the decontamination of workers, materials, and

equipment that are contaminated with asbestos.

“Demolition” means the wrecking or taking out of any

load-supporting structural member and any related razing,

removing, or stripping of asbestos products.

“Director” means the Director, National Institute for

Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services, or designee.

“Disturbance” means activities that disrupt the matrix of

ACM or PACM, crumble or pulverize ACM or PACM, or

generate visible debris from ACM or PACM. Disturbance

includes cutting away small amounts of ACM and PACM,

no greater than the amount which can be contained in one

standard sized glove bag or waste bag, in order to access a

building or vessel component. In no event shall the amount

of ACM or PACM so disturbed exceed that which can be

contained in one glove bag or waste bag which shall not

exceed 5 feet (1.5 meters) in length and width.

“Employee exposure” means that exposure to airborne

asbestos that would occur if the employee were not using

respiratory protective equipment.

140
“Equipment room (change room)” means a contaminated

room located within the decontamination area that is

supplied with impermeable bags or containers for the

disposal of contaminated protective clothing and equipment.

“Fiber” means a particulate form of asbestos, 5 micrometers or longer, with a length-to-diameter ratio of at least

3 to 1.

“Glovebag” means not more than a 5 feet (1.5 meters) x

5 feet (1.5 meters) impervious plastic bag-like enclosure

affixed around an asbestos-containing material, with glovelike appendages through which material and tools may be

handled.

“High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter” means a

filter capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97

percent of all mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers

in diameter.

“Homogeneous area” means an area of surfacing material

or thermal system insulation that is uniform in color and

texture.

“Industrial hygienist” means a professional qualified by

education, training, and experience to anticipate, recognize, evaluate and develop controls for occupational health

hazards.

“Intact” means that the ACM has not crumbled, been

pulverized, or otherwise deteriorated so that the asbestos is

no longer likely to be bound with its matrix.

“Modification for purposes of paragraph (g)(6)(ii),” means

a changed or altered procedure, material or component of a

control system, which replaces a procedure, material or

component of a required system.

Omitting a procedure or component, or reducing or

diminishing the stringency or strength of a material or

component of the control system is not a “modification” for

purposes of paragraph (g)(6) of this section.

“Negative Initial Exposure Assessment” means a demonstration by the employer, which complies with the criteria

in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, that employee

exposure during an operation is expected to be consistently

below the PELs.

“PACM” means “presumed asbestos containing material”.

141
142

“Presumed Asbestos Containing Material” means thermal

system insulation and surfacing material found in buildings,

vessels, and vessel sections constructed no later than 1980.

The designation of a material as “PACM” may be rebutted

pursuant to paragraph (k)(5) of this section.

“Project Designer” means a person who has successfully

completed the training requirements for an abatement

project designer established by 40 U.S.C. Sec. 763.90(g).

“Qualified person” means, in addition to the definition in

29 CFR 1926.32(f), one who is capable of identifying

existing asbestos hazards in the workplace and selecting the

appropriate control strategy for asbestos exposure, who has

the authority to take prompt corrective measures to

eliminate them, as specified in 29 CFR 1926.32(f); in

addition, for Class I and Class II work who is specially

trained in a training course which meet the criteria of EPA’s

Model Creditation Plan (40 CFR Part 763) for supervisor,

or its equivalent, and for Class III and Class IV work, who

is trained in a manner consistent with EPA requirements for

training of local education agency maintenance and

custodial staff as set forth at 40 CFR 763.92(a)(2).

“Regulated area” means an area established by the employer to demarcate areas where Class I, II, and III asbestos

work is conducted, and any adjoining area where debris

and waste from such asbestos work accumulate; and a work

area within which airborne concentrations of asbestos,

exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed the

permissible exposure limit. Requirements for regulated

areas are set out in paragraph (e) of this section.

“Removal” means all operations where ACM and/or PACM

is taken out or stripped from structures or substrates, and

includes demolition operations.

“Renovation” means the modifying of any existing vessel,

vessel section, structure, or portion thereof.

“Repair” means overhauling, rebuilding, reconstructing, or

reconditioning of vessels, vessel sections, structures or

substrates, including encapsulation or other repair of ACM

or PACM attached to structures or substrates.

“Surfacing material” means material that is sprayed,

troweled-on or otherwise applied to surfaces (such as

acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing materials on

structural members, or other materials on surfaces for

acoustical, fireproofing, and other purposes).
“Surfacing ACM” means surfacing material which

contains more than 1% asbestos.

“Thermal system insulation (TSI)” means ACM applied to

pipes, fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts or other

structural components to prevent heat loss or gain.

“Thermal system insulation ACM” is thermal system

insulation which contains more than 1% asbestos.

(c) Permissible exposure limits (PELS)

(1) Time-weighted average limit (TWA). The employer

shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne

concentration of asbestos in excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic

centimeter of air as an eight (8) hour time-weighted

average (TWA), as determined by the method prescribed in

Appendix A to this section, or by an equivalent method.

(2) Excursion limit. The employer shall ensure that no

employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of

asbestos in excess of 1.0 fiber per cubic centimeter of air

(1 f/cc) as averaged over a sampling period of 30 minutes,

as determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A to

this section, or by an equivalent method.

(d) Multi-employer worksites

(1) On multi-employer worksites, an employer performing

work requiring the establishment of a regulated area shall

inform other employers on the site of the nature of the

employer’s work with asbestos and/or PACM, of the

existence of and requirements pertaining to regulated

areas, and the measures taken to ensure that employees of

such other employers are not exposed to asbestos.

(2) Asbestos hazards at a multi-employer work site shall

be abated by the contractor who created or controls the

source of asbestos contamination. For example, if there is a

significant breach of an enclosure containing Class I work,

the employer responsible for erecting the enclosure shall

repair the breach immediately.

(3) In addition, all employers of employees exposed to

asbestos hazards shall comply with applicable protective

provisions to protect their employees. For example, if

employees working immediately adjacent to a Class I

asbestos job are exposed to asbestos due to the inadequate

containment of such job, their employer shall either

remove the employees from the area until the enclosure

143
144

breach is repaired; or perform an initial exposure assessment pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section.

(4) All employers of employees working adjacent to

regulated areas established by another employer on a multiemployer work-site, shall take steps on a daily basis to

ascertain the integrity of the enclosure and/or the effectiveness of the control method relied on by the primary

asbestos contractor to assure that asbestos fibers do not

migrate to such adjacent areas.

(5) All general contractors on a shipyard project which

includes work covered by this standard shall be deemed to

exercise general supervisory authority over the work

covered by this standard, even though the general contractor is not qualified to serve as the asbestos “qualified

person” as defined by paragraph (b) of this section. As

supervisor of the entire project, the general contractor shall

ascertain whether the asbestos contractor is in compliance

with this standard, and shall require such contractor to

come into compliance with this standard when necessary.

(e) Regulated areas

(1) All Class I, II and III asbestos work shall be conducted

within regulated areas. All other operations covered by this

standard shall be conducted within a regulated area where

airborne concentrations of asbestos exceed, or there is a

reasonable possibility they may exceed a PEL. Regulated

areas shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs

(e)(2), (3), (4) and (5) of this section.

(2) Demarcation. The regulated area shall be demarcated in

any manner that minimizes the number of persons within

the area and protects persons outside the area from exposure to airborne asbestos. Where critical barriers or

negative pressure enclosures are used, they may demarcate

the regulated area. Signs shall be provided and displayed

pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (k)(7) of this

section.

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to

authorized persons and to persons authorized by the Act or

regulations issued pursuant thereto.

(4) Respirators. All persons entering a regulated area where

employees are required pursuant to paragraph (h)(1) of this

section to wear respirators shall be supplied with a

respirator selected in accordance with paragraph (h)(2) of

this section.
(5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall ensure that

employees do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum,

or apply cosmetics in the regulated area.

(6) Qualified Persons. The employer shall ensure that all

asbestos work performed within regulated areas is supervised by a qualified person, as defined in paragraph (b) of

this section. The duties of the

qualified person are set out in paragraph (o) of this section.

(f) Exposure assessments and monitoring

(1) General monitoring criteria

(i) Each employer who has a workplace or work

operation where exposure monitoring is required

under this section shall perform monitoring to

determine accurately the airborne concentrations of

asbestos to which employees may be exposed.

(ii) Determinations of employee exposure shall be

made from breathing zone air samples that are

representative of the 8-hour TWA and 30-minute

short-term exposures of each employee.

(iii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure

shall be determined on the basis of one or more

samples representing full-shift exposure for

employees in each work area. Representative 30-

minute short-term employee exposures shall be

determined on the basis of one or more samples

representing 30 minute exposures associated with

operations that are most likely to produce exposures

above the excursion limit for employees in each

work area.

(2) Initial Exposure Assessment

(i) Each employer who has a workplace or work

operation covered by this

standard shall ensure that a “qualified person”

conducts an exposure assessment immediately

before or at the initiation of the operation to

ascertain expected exposures during that operation

or workplace. The assessment must be completed

in time to comply with requirements which are

triggered by exposure data or the lack of a “negative

exposure assessment,” and to provide information

necessary to assure that all control systems planned

are appropriate for that operation and will work

properly.

145
(ii) Basis of Initial Exposure Assessment: Unless a

negative exposure assessment has been made

pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, the

initial exposure assessment shall, if feasible, be

based on monitoring conducted pursuant to paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section. The assessment shall

take into consideration both the monitoring results

and all observations, information or calculations

which indicate employee exposure to asbestos,

including any previous monitoring conducted in the

workplace, or of the operations of the employer

which indicate the levels of airborne asbestos likely

to be encountered on the job. For Class I asbestos

work, until the employer conducts exposure

monitoring and documents that employees on that

job will not be exposed in excess of the PELs, or

otherwise makes a negative exposure assessment

pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, the

employer shall presume that employees are exposed

in excess of the TWA and excursion limit.

(iii) Negative Initial Exposure Assessment: For any

one specific asbestos job which will be performed

by employees who have been trained in compliance

with the standard, the employer may demonstrate

that employee exposures will be below the PELs by

data which conform to the following criteria;

(A) Objective data demonstrating that the product or

material containing asbestos minerals or the activity

involving such product or material cannot release airborne

fibers in concentrations exceeding the TWA and excursion

limit under those work conditions having the greatest

potential for releasing asbestos; or

(B) Where the employer has monitored prior asbestos jobs

for the PEL and the excursion limit within 12 months of the

current or projected job, the monitoring and analysis were

performed in compliance with the asbestos standard in

effect; and the data were obtained during work operations

conducted under workplace conditions “closely resembling” the processes, type of material, control methods,

work practices, and environmental conditions used and

prevailing in the employer’s current operations, the

operations were conducted by employees whose training

and experience are no more extensive than that of employees performing the current job, and these data show that

under the conditions prevailing and which will prevail in

the current workplace there is a high degree of certainty

that employee exposures will not exceed the TWA and

excursion limit; or

146
(C) The results of initial exposure monitoring of the current

job made from breathing zone air samples that are representative of the 8-hour TWA and 30-minute short-term

exposures of each employee covering operations which are

most likely during the performance of the entire asbestos

job to result in exposures over the PELs.

(3) Periodic monitoring

(i) Class I and II operations. The employer shall

conduct daily monitoring that is representative of

the exposure of each employee who is assigned to

work within a regulated area who is performing

Class I or II work, unless the employer pursuant to

paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, has made a

negative exposure assessment for the entire

operation.

(ii) All operations under the standard other than Class

I and II operations. The employer shall conduct

periodic monitoring of all work where exposures

are expected to exceed a PEL, at intervals sufficient

to document the validity of the exposure prediction.

(iii) Exception: When all employees required to be

monitored daily are equipped with supplied-air

respirators operated in the pressure demand mode,

or other positive pressure mode respirator, the

employer may dispense with the daily monitoring

required by this paragraph. However, employees

performing Class I work using a control method

which is not listed in paragraph (g)(4)(i), (ii), or (iii)

of this section or using a modification of a listed

control method, shall continue to be monitored daily

even if they are equipped with supplied-air

respirators.

(4) Termination of monitoring

(i) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph

(f)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by statistically reliable measurements, are below the permissible exposure limit and

excursion limit the employer may discontinue

monitoring for those employees whose exposures

are represented by such monitoring.

(ii) Additional monitoring. Notwithstanding the

provisions of paragraph (f)(2), (3), and (4) of this

section, the employer shall institute the exposure

147
148

monitoring required under paragraph (f)(3) of this

section whenever there has been a change in

process, control equipment, personnel or work

practices that may result in new or additional

exposures above the permissible exposure limit and/or

excursion limit or when the employer has any

reason to suspect that a change may result in new or

additional exposures above the permissible

exposure limit and/or excursion limit. Such additional monitoring is required regardless of whether

a “negative exposure assessment” was previously

produced for a specific job.

(5) Employee notification of monitoring results

(i) The employer shall notify affected employees of

the monitoring results that represent that employee’s

exposure as soon as possible following receipt of

monitoring results.

(ii) The employer shall notify affected employees of

the results of monitoring representing the

employee’s exposure in writing either individually

or by posting at a centrally located place that is

accessible to affected employees.

(6) Observation of monitoring

(i) The employer shall provide affected employees and

their designated representatives an opportunity to

observe any monitoring of employee exposure to

asbestos conducted in accordance with this section.

(ii) When observation of the monitoring of employee

exposure to asbestos requires entry into an area

where the use of protective clothing or equipment is

required, the observer shall be provided with and be

required to use such clothing and equipment and

shall comply with all other applicable safety and

health procedures.

(g) Methods of compliance

(1) Engineering controls and work practices for all

operations covered by this section. The employer shall use

the following engineering controls and work practices in all

operations covered by this section, regardless of the levels

of exposure:

(i) Vacuum cleaners equipped with HEPA filters to

collect all debris and dust containing ACM and
PACM, except as provided in paragraph (g)(8)(ii) of

this section in the case of roofing material;

(ii) Wet methods, or wetting agents, to control

employee exposures during asbestos handling,

mixing, removal, cutting, application, and cleanup,

except where employers demonstrate that the use of

wet methods is infeasible due to for example, the

creation of electrical hazards, equipment malfunction, and, in roofing, except as provided in paragraph (g)(8)(ii) of this section;

(iii) Prompt clean-up and disposal of wastes and

debris contaminated with asbestos in leak-tight

containers except in roofing operations, where the

procedures specified in paragraph (g)(8)(ii) of this

section apply.

(2) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of

this section above, the employer shall use the following

control methods to achieve compliance with the TWA

permissible exposure limit and excursion limit prescribed

by paragraph (c) of this section:

(i) Local exhaust ventilation equipped with HEPA

filter dust collection systems;

(ii) Enclosure or isolation of processes producing

asbestos dust;

(iii) Ventilation of the regulated area to move contaminated air away from the breathing zone of employees and toward a filtration or collection device

equipped with a HEPA filter;

(iv) Use of other work practices and engineering

controls that the Assistant Secretary can show to be

feasible;

(v) Wherever the feasible engineering and work

practice controls described above are not sufficient

to reduce employee exposure to or below the

permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit

prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, the

employer shall use them to reduce employee

exposure to the lowest levels attainable by these

controls and shall supplement them by the use of

respiratory protection that complies with the

requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.

149
150

(3) Prohibitions

The following work practices and engineering controls

shall not be used for work related to asbestos or for work

which disturbs ACM or PACM, regardless of measured

levels of asbestos exposure or the results of initial exposure

assessments:

(i) High-speed abrasive disc saws that are not

equipped with point of cut ventilator or enclosures

with HEPA filtered exhaust air;

(ii) Compressed air used to remove asbestos, or

materials containing asbestos, unless the compressed air is used in conjunction with an enclosed

ventilation system designed to capture the dust

cloud created by the compressed air;

(iii) Dry sweeping, shoveling or other dry clean-up of

dust and debris containing ACM and PACM;

(iv) Employee rotation as a means of reducing

employee exposure to asbestos.

(4) Class I Requirements

In addition to the provisions of paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of

this section, the following engineering controls and work

practices and procedures shall be used:

(i) All Class I work, including the installation and

operation of the control system shall be supervised

by a qualified person as defined in paragraph (b) of

this section;

(ii) For all Class I jobs involving the removal of more

than 25 feet (7.6 meters) or 10 square feet (3 square

meters) of TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM; for all

other Class I jobs, where the employer cannot

produce a negative exposure assessment pursuant to

paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, or where

employees are working in areas adjacent to the

regulated area, while the Class I work is being

performed, the employer shall use one of the

following methods to ensure that airborne asbestos

does not migrate from the regulated area:

(A) Critical barriers shall be placed over all the openings to

the regulated area, except where activities are performed

outdoors; or
(B) The employer shall use another barrier or isolation

method which prevents the migration of airborne asbestos

from the regulated area, as verified by perimeter area

surveillance during each work shift at each boundary of the

regulated area, showing no visible asbestos dust; and

perimeter area monitoring showing that clearance levels

contained in 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E of the EPA

Asbestos in Schools Rule are met, or that perimeter area

levels, measured by Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM) are

no more than background levels representing the same area

before the asbestos work began. The results of such

monitoring shall be made known to the employer no later

than 24 hours from the end of the work shift represented by

such monitoring.

Exception: For work completed outdoors where employees

are not working in areas adjacent to the regulated areas,

this paragraph (g)(4)(ii) is satisfied when the specific

control methods in paragraph (g)(5) of this section are used.

(iii) For all Class I jobs, HVAC systems shall be

isolated in the regulated area by sealing with a

double layer of 6 mil plastic or the equivalent;

(iv) For all Class I jobs, impermeable dropcloths shall

be placed on surfaces beneath all removal activity;

(v) For all Class I jobs, all objects within the regulated area shall be covered with impermeable

dropcloths or plastic sheeting which is secured by

duct tape or an equivalent.

(vi) For all Class I jobs where the employer cannot

produce a negative exposure assessment or where

exposure monitoring shows the PELs are exceeded,

the employer shall ventilate the regulated area to

move contaminated air away from the breathing

zone of employees toward a HEPA filtration or

collection device.

(5) Specific Control Systems for Class I Work

In addition, Class I asbestos work may be performed using

one or more of the following control methods pursuant to

the limitations stated below:

(i) Negative Pressure Enclosure (NPE) systems: NPE

systems shall be used where the configuration of the

work area does not make the erection of the

enclosure infeasible, with the following specifications and work practices.

151
152

(A) Specifications

(1) The negative pressure enclosure (NPE) may be of any

configuration,

(2) At least 4 air changes per hour shall be maintained in

the NPE,

(3) A minimum of -0.02 column inches of water pressure

differential, relative to outside pressure, shall be maintained within the NPE as evidenced by manometric

measurements,

(4) The NPE shall be kept under negative pressure

throughout the period of its use, and

(5) Air movement shall be directed away from employees

performing asbestos work within the enclosure, and toward

a HEPA filtration or a collection device.

(B) Work Practices

(1) Before beginning work within the enclosure and at the

beginning of each shift, the NPE shall be inspected for

breaches and smoke-tested for leaks, and any leaks sealed.

(2) Electrical circuits in the enclosure shall be deactivated,

unless equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters.

(ii) Glove bag systems may be used to remove PACM

and/or ACM from straight runs of piping and

elbows and other connections with the following

specifications and work practices.

(A) Specifications

(1) Glovebags shall be made of 6 mil thick plastic and

shall be seamless at the bottom.

(2) Glovebags used on elbows and other connections must

be designed for that purpose and used without

modifications.

(B) Work Practices

(1) Each glovebag shall be installed so that it completely

covers the circumference of pipe or other structure where

the work is to be done.

(2) Glovebags shall be smoke-tested for leaks and any leaks

sealed prior to use.
(3) Glovebags may be used only once and may not be

moved.

(4) Glovebags shall not be used on surfaces whose

temperature exceeds 150 deg. F.

(5) Prior to disposal, glovebags shall be collapsed by

removing air within them using a HEPA vacuum.

(6) Before beginning the operation, loose and friable

material adjacent to the glovebag/box operation shall be

wrapped and sealed in two layers of six mil plastic or

otherwise rendered intact.

(7) Where system uses attached waste bag, such bag shall

be connected to collection bag using hose or other material

which shall withstand pressure of ACM waste and water

without losing its integrity.

(8) Sliding valve or other device shall separate waste bag

from hose to ensure no exposure when waste bag is

disconnected.

(9) At least two persons shall perform Class I glovebag

removal operations.

(iii) Negative Pressure Glove Bag Systems. Negative

pressure glove bag systems may be used to remove

ACM or PACM from piping.

(A) Specifications: In addition to specifications for glove bag

systems above, negative pressure glove bag systems shall

attach HEPA vacuum system or other device to bag to prevent

collapse during removal.

(B) Work Practices

(1) The employer shall comply with the work practices for

glove bag systems in paragraph (g)(5)(ii)(B)(4) of this

section,

(2) The HEPA vacuum cleaner or other device used to

prevent collapse of bag during removal shall run continually

during the operation until it is completed at which time the

bag shall be collapsed prior to removal of the bag from the

pipe.

(3) Where a separate waste bag is used along with a collection bag and discarded after one use, the collection bag may

be reused if rinsed clean with amended water before reuse.

153
(iv) Negative Pressure Glove Box systems. Negative

pressure glove boxes may be used to remove ACM

or PACM from pipe runs with the following

specifications and work practices:

(A) Specifications

(1) Glove boxes shall be constructed with rigid sides and

made from metal or other material which can withstand the

weight of the ACM and PACM and water used during

removal.

(2) A negative pressure generator shall be used to create

negative pressure in the system.

(3) An air filtration unit shall be attached to the box.

(4) The box shall be fitted with gloved apertures.

(5) An aperture at the base of the box shall serve as a

bagging outlet for waste ACM and water.

(6) A back-up generator shall be present on site.

(7) Waste bags shall consist of 6 mil thick plastic doublebagged before they are filled or plastic thicker than 6 mil.

(B) Work practices

(1) At least two persons shall perform the removal.

(2) The box shall be smoke-tested for leaks and any leaks

sealed prior to each use.

(3) Loose or damaged ACM adjacent to the box shall be

wrapped and sealed in two layers of 6 mil plastic prior to

the job, or otherwise made intact prior to the job.

(4) A HEPA filtration system shall be used to maintain

pressure barrier in box.

(v) Water Spray Process System. A water spray

process system may be used for removal of ACM

and PACM from cold line piping if, employees

carrying out such process have completed a 40-hour

separate training course in its use, in addition to

training required for employees performing Class I

work. The system shall meet the following specifications and shall be performed by employees using

the following work practices.

154
(A) Specifications

(1) Piping from which insulation will be removed shall be

surrounded on 3 sides by rigid framing.

(2) A 360 degree water spray, delivered through nozzles

supplied by a high pressure separate water line, shall be

formed around the piping.

(3) The spray shall collide to form a fine aerosol which

provides a liquid barrier between workers and the ACM

and PACM.

(B) Work Practices

(1) The system shall be run for at least 10 minutes before

removal begins.

(2) All removal shall take place within the barrier.

(3) The system shall be operated by at least three persons,

one of whom shall not perform removal but shall check

equipment, and ensure proper operation of the system.

(4) After removal, the ACM and PACM shall be bagged

while still inside the water barrier.

(vi) A small walk-in enclosure which accommodates

no more than two persons (a mini-enclosure may be

used if the disturbance or removal can be completely contained by the enclosure) with the

following specifications and work practices:

(A) Specifications

(1) The fabricated or job-made enclosure shall be

constructed of 6 mil plastic or equivalent;

(2) The enclosure shall be placed under negative pressure

by means of a HEPA filtered vacuum or similar ventilation

unit.

(B) Work practices

(1) Before use, the mini-enclosure shall be inspected for

leaks and smoke-tested to detect breaches, and any

breaches sealed.

(2) Before reuse, the interior shall be completely washed

with amended water and HEPA-vacuumed.

155
(3) During use, air movement shall be directed away from

the employee’s breathing zone within the mini-enclosure.

(6) Alternative control methods for Class I work

Class I work may be performed using a control method

which is not referenced in paragraph (g)(5) of this section,

or which modifies a control method referenced in paragraph (g)(5) of this section, if the following provisions are

complied with:

(i) The control method shall enclose, contain or isolate

the processes or source of airborne asbestos dust, or

otherwise capture or redirect such dust before it

enters the breathing zone of employees;

(ii) A certified industrial hygienist or licensed professional engineer who is also qualified as a project

designer as defined in paragraph (b) of this section,

shall evaluate the work area, the projected work

practices and the engineering controls and shall

certify in writing that: the planned control method is

adequate to reduce direct and indirect employee

exposure to below the PELs under worst-case

conditions of use, and that the planned control

method will prevent asbestos contamination outside

the regulated area, as measured by clearance

sampling which meets the requirements of EPA’s

Asbestos in Schools Rule issued under AHERA, or

perimeter monitoring which meets the criteria in

paragraph (g)(4)(ii)(B) of this section.

(A) Where the TSI or surfacing material to be removed is

25 linear feet (7.6 meters) or 10 square feet (3 square

meters) or less, the evaluation required in paragraph (g)(6)

of this section may be performed by a “qualified person”,

and may omit consideration of perimeter or clearance

monitoring otherwise required.

(B) The evaluation of employee exposure required in

paragraph (g)(6) of this section, shall include and be based

on sampling and analytical data representing employee

exposure during the use of such method under worst-case

conditions and by employees whose training and experience are equivalent to employees who are to perform the

current job.

(iii) Before work which involves the removal of more

than 25 linear feet (7.6 meters) or 10 square feet

(3 square meters) of TSI or surfacing ACM/PACM

is begun using an alternative method which has

been the subject of a paragraph (g)(6) of this section

156
required evaluation and certification, the employer

shall send a copy of such evaluation and certification to the national office of OSHA, Office of

Technical Support, Room N3653, 200 Constitution

Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20210. The submission shall not constitute approval by OSHA.

(7) Work Practices and Engineering Controls for Class II

work surfaces beneath all removal activity.

(i) All Class II work shall be supervised by a qualified

person as defined in paragraph (b) of this section.

(ii) For all indoor Class II jobs, where the employer

has not produced a negative exposure assessment

pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, or

where during the job, changed conditions indicate

there may be exposure above the PEL or where the

employer does not remove the ACM in a substantially intact state, the employer shall use one of the

following methods to ensure that airborne asbestos

does not migrate from the regulated area.

(A) Critical barriers shall be placed over all openings to the

regulated area; or,

(B) The employer shall use another barrier or isolation

method which prevents the migration of airborne asbestos

from the regulated area, as verified by perimeter area

monitoring or clearance monitoring which meets the

criteria set out in paragraph (g)(4)(ii)(B) of this section.

(iv) All Class II asbestos work shall be performed

using the work practices and requirements set out

above in paragraph (g)(3)(i) through (g)(1)(iii) of

this section.

(8) Additional Controls for Class II work

Class II asbestos work shall also be performed by complying with the work practices and controls designated for

each type of asbestos work to be performed, set out in this

paragraph. Where more than one control method may be

used for a type of asbestos work, the employer may choose

one or a combination of designated control methods. Class

II work also may be performed using a method allowed for

Class I work, except that glove bags and glove boxes are

allowed if they fully enclose the Class II material to be

removed.

(i) For removing vinyl and asphalt flooring/deck

materials which contain ACM or for which in

157
buildings constructed not later than 1980, the

employer has not verified the absence of ACM

pursuant to paragraph (g)(8)(i)(I), the employer

shall ensure that employees comply with the

following work practices and that employees are

trained in these practices pursuant to paragraph

(k)(9) of this section:

(A) Flooring/deck materials or its backing shall not be

sanded;

(B) Vacuums equipped with HEPA filter, disposable dust

bag, and metal floor tool (no brush) shall be used to clean

floors;

(C) Resilient sheeting shall be removed by cutting with

wetting of the snip point and wetting during delamination.

Rip-up of resilient sheet floor material is prohibited;

(D) All scraping of residual adhesive and/or backing shall

be performed using wet methods;

(E) Dry sweeping is prohibited;

(F) Mechanical chipping is prohibited unless performed in

a negative pressure enclosure which meets the requirements

of paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section;

(G) Tiles shall be removed intact, unless the employer

demonstrates that intact removal is not possible;

(H) When tiles are heated and can be removed intact,

wetting may be omitted;

(I) Resilient flooring/deck material in buildings/vessels

constructed no later than 1980, including associated mastic

and backing shall be assumed to be asbestos-containing

unless an industrial hygienist determines that it is asbestosfree using recognized analytical techniques.

(ii) For removing roofing material which contains

ACM the employer shall ensure that the following

work practices are followed:

(A) Roofing material shall be removed in an intact state to

the extent feasible;

(B) Wet methods shall be used to remove roofing materials

that are not intact, or that will be rendered intact during

removal, unless such wet methods are not feasible or will

create safety hazards;

158
(C) Cutting machines shall be continuously misted during

use, unless a competent person determines that misting

substantially decreases worker safety;

(D) When removing built-up roofs with asbestos-containing roofing felts and an aggregate surface using a power

roof cutter, all dust resulting from the cutting operation

shall be collected by a HEPA dust collector, or shall be

HEPA vacuumed by vacuuming along the cut line. When

removing built-up roofs with asbestos-containing roofing

felts and a smooth surface using a power roof cutter, the

dust resulting from the cutting operation shall be collected

either by a HEPA dust collector or HEPA vacuuming along

the cut line, or by gently sweeping and then carefully and

completely wiping up the still-wet dust and debris left

along the cut line. The dust and debris shall be immediately

bagged or placed in covered containers;

(E) Asbestos-containing material that has been removed

from a roof shall not be dropped or thrown to the ground.

Unless the material is carried or passed to the ground by

hand, it shall be lowered to the ground via covered, dusttight chute, crane or hoist.

(1) Any ACM that is not intact shall be lowered to the

ground as soon as is practicable, but in any event no later

than the end of the work shift. While the material remains

on the roof it shall either be kept wet, placed in an impermeable waste bag, or wrapped in plastic sheeting.

(2) Intact ACM shall be lowered to the ground as soon as

is practicable, but in any event no later than the end of the

work shift.

(F) Upon being lowered, unwrapped material shall be

transferred to a closed receptacle in such manner so as to

preclude the dispersion of dust.

(G) Roof level heating and ventilation air intake sources

shall be isolated or the ventilation system shall be shut

down.

(H) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section,

removal or repair of sections of intact roofing less than 25

square feet (7.6 square meters) in area does not require use

of wet methods or HEPA vacuuming as long as manual

methods which do not render the material non-intact are

used to remove the material and no visible dust is created

by the removal method used. In determining whether a job

involves less than 25 square feet (7.6 square meters), the

employer shall include all removal and repair work

performed on the same roof on the same day.

159
(iii) When removing cementitious asbestos-containing

siding and shingles or transite panels containing

ACM on building exteriors (other then roofs, where

paragraph (g)(8)(ii) of this section applies) the

employer shall ensure that the following work

practices are followed:

(A) Cutting, abrading or breaking siding, shingles, or

transite panels shall be prohibited unless the employer can

demonstrate that methods less likely to result in asbestos

fiber release cannot be used;

(B) Each panel or shingle shall be sprayed with amended

water prior to removal;

(C) Unwrapped or unbagged panels or shingles shall be

immediately lowered to the ground via covered dust-tight

chute, crane or hoist, or placed in an impervious waste bag

or wrapped in plastic sheeting and lowered to the ground no

later than the end of the work shift;

(D) Nails shall be cut with flat, sharp instruments.

(iv) When removing gaskets containing ACM, the

employer shall ensure that the following work

practices are followed:

(A) If a gasket is visibly deteriorated and unlikely to be

removed intact, removal shall be undertaken within a

glovebag as described in paragraph (g)(5)(ii) of this

section;

(C) The gasket shall be immediately placed in a disposable

container;

(D) Any scraping to remove residue must be performed

wet.

(v) When performing any other Class II removal of

asbestos containing material for which specific

controls have not been listed in paragraph

(g)(8)(iv)(A) through (D) of this section, the

employer shall ensure that the following work

practices are complied with:

(A) The material shall be thoroughly wetted with amended

water prior to and during its removal;

(B) The material shall be removed in an intact state unless

the employer demonstrates that intact removal is not

possible;

160
(C) Cutting, abrading or breaking the material shall be

prohibited unless the employer can demonstrate that

methods less likely to result in asbestos fiber release are not

feasible.

(D) Asbestos-containing material removed, shall be

immediately bagged or wrapped, or kept wetted until

transferred to a closed receptacle, no later than the end of

the work shift.

(vi) Alternative Work Practices and Controls

 Instead of the work practices and controls listed in

paragraphs (g)(8)(i) through (v) of this section, the employer may use different or modified engineering and work

practice controls if the following provisions are complied

with:

(A) The employer shall demonstrate by data representing

employee exposure during the use of such method under

conditions which closely resemble the conditions under

which the method is to be used, that employee exposure

will not exceed the PELs under any anticipated circumstances;

(B) A qualified person shall evaluate the work area, the

projected work practices and the engineering controls, and

shall certify in writing, that the different or modified

controls are adequate to reduce direct and indirect employee exposure to below the PELs under all expected

conditions of use and that the method meets the requirements of this standard. The evaluation shall include and be

based on data representing employee exposure during the

use of such method under conditions which closely

resemble the conditions under which the method is to be

used for the current job, and by employees whose training

and experience are equivalent to employees who are to

perform the current job.

(9) Work Practices and Engineering Controls for Class III

asbestos work.

Class III asbestos work shall be conducted using engineering and work practice controls which minimize theexposure to employees performing the asbestos work and to

bystander employees.

(i) The work shall be performed using wet methods.

(ii) To the extent feasible, the work shall be performed using local exhaust ventilation.

161
(iii) Where the disturbance involves drilling, cutting,

abrading, sanding, chipping, breaking, or sawing of

thermal system insulation or surfacing material, the

employer shall use impermeable dropcloths and

shall isolate the operation using mini-enclosures or

glove bag systems pursuant to paragraph (g)(5) of

this section or another isolation method.

(iv) Where the employer does not demonstrate by a

negative exposure assessment performed in compliance with paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section that

the PELs will not be exceeded, or where monitoring

results show exceedances of a PEL, the employer

shall contain the area using impermeable dropcloths

and plastic barriers or their equivalent, or shall

isolate the operation using mini-enclosure or glove

bag systems pursuant to paragraph (g)(5) of this

section.

(v) Employees performing Class III jobs which

involve the disturbance of TSI or surfacing ACM

or PACM or where the employer does not demonstrate by a “negative exposure assessment” in

compliance with paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section

that the PELs will not be exceeded or where

monitoring results show exceedances of the PEL,

shall wear respirators which are selected, used and

fitted pursuant to provisions of paragraph (h) of

this section.

(10) Class IV asbestos work.

Class IV asbestos jobs shall be conducted by employees

trained pursuant to the asbestos awareness training program

set out in paragraph (k)(9) of this section. In addition, all

Class IV jobs shall be conducted in conformity with the

requirements set out in paragraph (g)(1) of this section,

mandating wet methods, HEPA vacuums, and prompt

clean up of debris containing ACM or PACM.

(i) Employees cleaning up debris and waste in a

regulated area where respirators are required shall

wear respirators which are selected, used and fitted

pursuant to provisions of paragraph (h) of this

section.

(ii) Employers of employees cleaning up waste and

debris in an area where friable TSI or surfacing

ACM/PACM is accessible, shall assume that such

waste and debris contain asbestos.

162
(11) Specific compliance methods for brake and clutch

repair.

(i) Engineering controls and work practices for brake

and clutch repair and service. During automotive

brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair and

assembly operations, the employer shall institute

engineering controls and work practices to reduce

employee exposure to materials containing asbestos

using a negative pressure enclosure/HEPA vacuum

system method or low pressure/wet cleaning

method, which meets the detailed requirements set

out in Appendix L to this section. The employer

may also comply using an equivalent method which

follows written procedures which the employer

demonstrates can achieve results equivalent to

Method A. For facilities in which no more than 5

pair of brakes or 5 clutches are inspected, disassembled, repaired, or assembled per week, the

method set for in paragraph [D] of Appendix L to

this section may be used.

(ii) The employer may also comply by using an

equivalent method which follows written procedures, which the employer demonstrates can

achieve equivalent exposure reductions as do the

two “preferred methods.” Such demonstration must

include monitoring data conducted under workplace

conditions closely resembling the process, type of

asbestos containing materials, control method, work

practices and environmental conditions which the

equivalent method will be used, or objective data,

which document that under all reasonably foreseeable conditions of brake and clutch repair applications, the method results in exposures which are

equivalent to the methods set out in Appendix L to

this section.

(12) Alternative methods of compliance for installation,

removal, repair, and maintenance of certain roofing and

pipeline coating materials.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, an

employer who complies with all provisions of this paragraph (g)(12) when installing, removing, repairing, or

maintaining intact pipeline asphaltic wrap, or roof cements, mastics, coatings, or flashings which contain

asbestos fibers encapsulated or coated by bituminous or

resinous compounds shall be deemed to be in compliance

with this section. If an employer does not comply with all

provisions of this paragraph (g)(12), or if during the course

163
of the job the material does not remain intact, the provisions of paragraph (g)(8) of this section apply instead of

this paragraph (g)(12).

(i) Before work begins and as needed during the job, a

qualified person who is capable of identifying

asbestos hazards in the workplace and selecting the

appropriate control strategy for asbestos exposure,

and who has the authority to take prompt corrective

measures to eliminate such hazards, shall conduct

an inspection of the worksite and determine that the

roofing material is intact and will likely remain

intact.

(ii) All employees performing work covered by this

paragraph (g)(12) shall be trained in a training

program that meets the requirements of paragraph

(k)(9)(viii) of this section.

(iii) The material shall not be sanded, abraded, or

ground. Manual methods which do not render the

material non-intact shall be used.

(iv) Material that has been removed from a room

shall not be dropped or thrown to the ground.

Unless the material is carried or passed to the

ground by hand, it shall be lowered to the ground

via covered, dust-tight chute, crane or hoist. All

such material shall be removed from the roof as

soon as is practicable, but in any event no later than

the end of the work shift.

(v) Where roofing products which have been labeled

as containing asbestos pursuant to paragraph (k)(8)

of this section are installed on non-residential roofs

during operations covered by this paragraph (g)(12),

the employer shall notify the building owner of the

presence and location of such materials no later than

the end of the job.

(vi) All removal or disturbance of pipeline asphaltic

wrap shall be performed using wet methods.

(h) Respiratory protection

(1) General. The employer shall provide respirators, and

ensure that they are used, where required by this section.

Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:

(i) During all Class I asbestos jobs;

164
(ii) During all Class II work where the ACM is not

removed in a substantially intact state;

(iii) During all Class II and III work which is not

performed using wet methods, provided, however,

that respirators need not be worn during removal of

ACM from sloped roofs when a negative exposure

assessment has been made and the ACM is removed

in an intact state;

(iv) During all Class II and III asbestos jobs where the

employer does not produce a “negative exposure

assessment;”

(v) During all Class III jobs where TSI or surfacing

ACM or PACM is being disturbed;

(vi) During all Class IV work performed within

regulated areas where employees performing other

work are required to wear respirators;

(vii) During all work covered by this section where

employees are exposed above the TWA or excursion

limit;

(viii) In emergencies.

(2) Respirator selection

(i) Where respirators are used, the employer shall

select and provide, at no cost to the employee, the

appropriate respirator as specified in Table 1, or in

paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section, and shall ensure

that the employee uses the respirator provided.

(ii) The employer shall select respirators from among

those jointly approved as being acceptable for

protection by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and the National Institute for

Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the

provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.

(iii) (A) The employer shall provide a tight fitting

powered, air-purifying respirator in lieu of any

negative-pressure respirator specified in Table 1

whenever:

(1) an employee chooses to use this type of respirator; and

(2) this respirator will provide adequate protection to the

employee.

165
(B) The employer shall inform any employee required to

wear a respirator under this paragraph that the employer

may require the employer to provide a powered, airpurifying respirator in lieu of a negative pressure respirator.

(iv) In addition to the above selection criterion, the

employer shall rovide a half-mask air purifying

respirator, other than a disposable respirator,

equipped with high efficiency filters whenever the

employee performs the following activities: Class II

and III asbestos jobs where the employer does not

produce a negative exposure assessment; and Class

III jobs where TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM is

being disturbed.

(v) In addition to the selection criteria in paragraph

(h)(2)(i), through (iv), the employer shall provide a

tight-fitting powered air purifying respirator

equipped with high efficiency filters or a full

facepiece supplied air respirator operated in the

pressure demand mode equipped with HEPA egress

cartridges or an auxiliary positive pressure selfcontained breathing apparatus for all employees

within the regulated area where Class I work is

being performed for which a negative exposure

assessment has not been produced and, the exposure

 assessment indicates the exposure level will not

exceed 1 f/cc as an 8-hour time weighted average. A

full facepiece supplied air respirator operated in the

pressure demand mode equipped with an auxiliary

positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus

shall be provided under such conditions, if the

exposure assessment indicates exposure levels

above 1 f/cc as an 8-hour time weighted average.

(3) Respirator program.

(i) Where respiratory protection is used, the employer

shall institute a respirator program in accordance

with 29 CFR 1910.154(b), (d), (e) and (f).

(ii) The employer shall permit each employee who

uses a filter respirator to change the filter elements

whenever an increase in breathing resistance is

detected and shall maintain an adequate supply of

filter elements for this purpose.

(iii) Employees who wear respirators shall be permitted to leave work areas to wash their faces and

respirator facepieces whenever necessary to prevent

skin irritation associated with respirator use.

166
Table 1. — Respiratory Protection for Asbestos Fibers

Airborne concentration of Required respirator use

asbestos or conditions of Half-mask air purifying respirator

Not in excess of 1 f/cc

(10 X PEL), or

other than a disposable respirator,

otherwise as required

equipped with high efficiency filters.

independent of exposure

pursuant to paragraph

(h)(2)(iv) of this section.

Not in excess of 5 f/cc

(50 X PEL).................Full facepiece air-purifying respirator

equipped with high efficiency filters.

Not in excess of 10 f/cc

(100 X PEL)...............Any powered air-purifying respirator

equipped with high efficiency filters

or any supplied air respirator

operated in continuous flow mode.

Not in excess of 100 f/cc

(1,000 X PEL)............Full facepiece supplied air respirator

operated in pressure demand mode.

Greater than 100 f/cc

(1,000 X PEL) or unknown

concentration..............Full facepiece supplied air respirator

operated in pressure demand mode,

equipped with an auxiliary positive

pressure self-contained breathing

apparatus.

 __________________________________________________________________

Note: a. Respirators assigned for high environmental concentrations may

be used at lower concentrations, or when required respirator use is

independent of concentration.

b. A high efficiency filter means a filter that is at least 99.97 percent

efficient against mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter

or larger.

167
(iv) No employee shall be assigned tasks requiring the

use of respirators if, based on his or her most recent

examination, an examining physician determines

that the employee will be unable to function

normally wearing a respirator, or that the safety or

health of the employee or of other employees will

be impaired by the use of a respirator. Such employees shall be assigned to another job or given the

opportunity to transfer to a different position, the

duties of which he or she is able to perform with the

same employer, in the same geographical area, and

with the same seniority, status, and rate of pay and

other job benefits he or she had just prior to such

transfer, if such a different position is

available.

(4) Respirator fit testing.

(i) The employer shall ensure that the respirator issued

to the employee exhibits the least possible facepiece

leakage and that the respirator is fitted properly.

(ii) Employers shall perform either quantitative or

qualitative face fit tests at the time of initial fitting

and at least every 6 months thereafter for each

employee wearing a negative-pressure respirator.

The qualitative fit tests may be used only for testing

the fit of half-mask respirators where they are

permitted to be worn, or of full-facepiece air

purifying respirators where they are worn at levels

at which half-facepiece air purifying respirators are

permitted. Qualitative and quantitative fit tests shall

be conducted in accordance with Appendix C to this

section. The tests shall be used to select facepieces

that provide the required protection as prescribed in

Table 1, in paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section.

(i) Protective clothing

(1) General.

 The employer shall provide and require the use of protective clothing, such as coveralls or similar whole-body

clothing, head coverings, gloves, and foot coverings for

any employee exposed to airborne concentrations of

asbestos that exceed the TWA and/or excursion limit

prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, or for which a

required negative exposure assessment is not produced, or

for any employee performing Class I operations which

involve the removal of over 25 linear feet (7.6 meters) or

10 square feet (3 square meters)of TSI or surfacing ACM or

PACM.

168
(2) Laundering.

(i) The employer shall ensure that laundering of

contaminated clothing is done so as to prevent the

release of airborne asbestos in excess of the TWA or

excursion limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this

section.

(ii) Any employer who gives contaminated clothing to

another person for laundering shall inform such

person of the requirement in paragraph (i)(2)(i) of

this section to effectively prevent the release of

airborne asbestos in excess of the TWA excursion

limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.

(3) Contaminated clothing. Contaminated clothing shall be

transported in sealed impermeable bags, or other closed,

impermeable containers, and be labeled in accordance with

paragraph (k) of this section.

(4) Inspection of protective clothing.

(i) worn by employees at least once per workshift for

rips or tears that may occur during performance of

work.

(ii) When rips or tears are detected while an employee

is working, rips and tears shall be immediately

mended, or the worksuit shall be immediately

replaced.

(j) Hygiene facilities and practices for employees

 (1) Requirements for employees performing Class I

asbestos jobs involving over 25 linear feet (7.6 meters) or

10 square feet (3 square meter) of TSI or surfacing ACM

and PACM.

(i) Decontamination areas: For all Class I jobs

involving over 25 linear feet (7.6 meters) or 10

square feet (3 square meters) of TSI or surfacing

ACM or PACM, the employer shall establish a

decontamination area that is adjacent and connected

to the regulated area for the decontamination of

such employees. The decontamination area shall

consist of an equipment room, shower area, and

clean room in series. The employer shall ensure that

employees enter and exit the regulated area through

the decontamination area.

169
(A) Equipment room. The equipment room shall be

supplied with impermeable, labeled bags and containers for

the containment and disposal of contaminated protective

equipment.

(B) Shower area. Shower facilities shall be provided which

comply with 29 CFR 1910.141(d)(3), unless the employer

can demonstrate that they are not feasible. The showers

shall be adjacent both to the equipment room and the clean

room, unless the employer can demonstrate that this

location is not feasible. Where the employer can demonstrate that it is not feasible to locate the shower between the

equipment room and the clean room, or where the work is

performed outdoors, or when the work involving asbestos

exposure takes place on board a ship, the employers shall

ensure that employees:

(1) Remove asbestos contamination from their worksuits in

the equipment room using a HEPA vacuum before proceeding to a shower that is not adjacent to the work area; or

(2) Remove their contaminated worksuits in the equipment

room, then don clean worksuits, and proceed to a shower

that is not adjacent to the work area.

(C) Clean change room. The clean room shall be equipped

with a locker or appropriate storage container for each

employee’s use. When the employer can demonstrate that it

is not feasible to provide a clean change area adjacent to

the work area, or where the work is performed outdoors, or

when the work takes place aboard a ship, the employer may

permit employees engaged in Class I asbestos jobs to clean

their protective clothing with a portable HEPA-equipped

vacuum before such employees leave the regulated area.

Following showering, such employees however must then

change into street clothing in clean change areas provided

by the employer which otherwise meet the requirements of

this section.

(ii) Contamination area entry procedures. The

employer shall ensure that employees:

(A) Enter the decontamination area through the clean

room;

(B) Remove and deposit street clothing within a locker

provided for their use;

(C) Put on protective clothing and respiratory protection

before leaving the clean room; and

170
(D) Before entering the regulated area, the employer shall

ensure that employees pass through the equipment room.

(iii) Decontamination area exit procedures. The

employer shall ensure that:

(A) Before leaving the regulated area, employees shall

remove all gross contamination and debris from their

protective clothing;

(B) Employees shall remove their protective clothing in the

equipment room and deposit the clothing in labeled

impermeable bags or containers;

(C) Employees shall not remove their respirators in the

equipment room;

(D) Employees shall shower prior to entering the clean

room; and

(E) After showering, employees shall enter the clean room

before changing into street clothes.

(iv) Lunch Areas. Whenever food or beverages are

consumed at the worksite where employees are

performing Class I asbestos work, the employer

shall provide lunch areas in which the airborne

concentrations of asbestos are below the permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit.

(2) Requirements for Class I work involving less than 25

linear feet (7.6 meters) or 10 square feet (3 square meters)

of TSI or surfacing and PACM, and for Class II and Class

III asbestos work operations where exposures exceed a PEL

or where there is no negative exposure assessment produced before the operation.

(i) The employer shall establish an equipment room or

area that is adjacent to the regulated area for the

decontamination of employees and their equipment

which is contaminated with asbestos which shall

consist of an area covered by an impermeable drop

cloth on the floor/deck or horizontal working

surface.

(ii) The area must be of sufficient size as to accommodate cleaning of equipment and removing personal

protective equipment without spreading contamination beyond the area (as determined by visible

accumulations).

171
(iii) Work clothing must be cleaned with a HEPA

vacuum before it is removed.

(iv) All equipment and surfaces of containers filled

with ACM must be cleaned prior to removing them

from the equipment room or area.

(v) The employer shall ensure that employees enter

and exit the regulated area through the equipment

room or area.

(3) Requirements for Class IV work. Employers shall

ensure that employees performing Class IV work within a

regulated area comply with the hygiene practices required

of employees performing work which has a higher classification within that regulated area. Otherwise employers of

employees cleaning up debris and material which is TSI or

surfacing ACM or identified as PACM shall provide

decontamination facilities for such employees which are

required by paragraph (j)(2) of this section.

(4) Smoking in work areas. The employer shall ensure that

employees do not smoke in work areas where they are

occupationally exposed to asbestos because of activities in

that work area.

(k) Communication of hazards

(1) This section applies to the communication of information concerning asbestos hazards in shipyard employment

activities to facilitate compliance with this standard. Most

asbestos-related shipyard activities involve previously

installed building materials. Building/vessel owners often

are the only and/or best sources of information concerning

them. Therefore, they, along with employers of potentially

exposed employees, are assigned specific information

conveying and retention duties under this section. Installed

Asbestos Containing Building/Vessel Material: Employers

and building/vessel owners shall identify TSI and sprayed

or troweled on surfacing materials as asbestos-containing

unless the employer, by complying with paragraph (k)(5)

of this section determines that the material is not asbestoscontaining. Asphalt or vinyl flooring/decking material

installed in buildings or vessels no later than 1980 must

also be considered as asbestos containing unless the

employer/owner, pursuant to paragraph (g)(8)(i)(I) of this

section determines it is not asbestos containing. If the

employer or building/vessel owner has actual knowledge

or should have known, through the exercise of due diligence, that materials other than TSI and sprayed-on or

troweled-on surfacing materials are asbestos-containing,

they must be treated as such. When communicating

172
information to employees pursuant to this standard, owners

and employers shall identify “PACM” as ACM.

Additional requirements relating to communication of

asbestos work on multi-employer worksites are set out in

paragraph (d) of this standard.

(2) Duties of building/vessel and facility owners

(i) Before work subject to this standard is begun,

building/vessel and facility owners shall determine

the presence, location and quantity of ACM and/or

PACM at the work site pursuant to paragraph (k)(1)

of this section.

(ii) Building/vessel and/or facility owners shall notify

the following persons of the presence, location and

quantity of ACM or PACM, at work sites in their

buildings/facilities/vessels. Notification either shall

be in writing or shall consist of a personal communication between the owner and the person to whom

notification must be given or their authorized

representatives.

(A) Prospective employers applying or bidding for work

whose employees reasonably can be expected to work in or

adjacent to areas containing such material;

(B) Employees of the owner who will work in or adjacent

to areas containing such material:

(C) On multi-employer worksites, all employers of

employees who will be performing work within or adjacent

to areas containing such materials;

(D) Tenants who will occupy areas containing such

materials.

(3) Duties of employers whose employees perform work

subject to this standard in or adjacent to areas containing

ACM and PACM. Building/vessel and facility owners

whose employees perform such work shall comply with

these provisions to the extent applicable.

(i) Before work in areas containing ACM and PACM

is begun, employers shall identify the presence,

location, and quantity of ACM, and/or PACM

therein pursuant to paragraph (k)(1) of this section.

(ii) Before work under this standard is performed

employers of employees who will perform such

173
work shall inform the following persons of the

location and quantity of ACM and/or PACM present

at the work site and the precautions to be taken to

insure that airborne asbestos is confined to the area.

(A) Owners of the building/vessel or facility;

(B) Employees who will perform such work and employers of employees who work and/or will be working in

adjacent areas;

(iii) Within 10 days of the completion of such work,

the employer whose employees have performed

work subject to this standard, shall inform the

building/vessel or facility owner and employers of

employees who will be working in the area of the

current location and quantity of PACM and/or ACM

remaining in the former regulated area and final

monitoring results, if any.

(4) In addition to the above requirements, all employers

who discover ACM and/or PACM on a work site shall

convey information concerning the presence, location and

quantity of such newly discovered ACM and/or PACM to

the owner and to other employers of employees working at

the work site, within 24 hours of the discovery.

(5) Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as

PACM.

(i) At any time, an employer and/or building/vessel

owner may demonstrate, for purposes of this

standard, that PACM does not contain asbestos.

Building/vessel owners and/or employers are not

required to communicate information about the

presence of building material for which such a

demonstration pursuant to the requirements of

paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section has been made.

However, in all such cases, the information, data

and analysis supporting the determination that

PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained

pursuant to paragraph (n) of this section.

(ii) An employer or owner may demonstrate that

PACM does not contain more than 1 percent

asbestos by the following:

(A) Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to

the requirements of AHERA (40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E)

which demonstrates that the material is not ACM; or

174
(B) Performing tests of the material containing PACM which

demonstrate that no ACM is present in the material. Such

tests shall include analysis of bulk samples collected in the

manner described in 40 CFR 763.86. The tests, evaluation

and sample collection shall be conducted by an accredited

inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall be performed by persons or laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally

recognized testing program such as the National Voluntary

Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the National

Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) or the Round

Robin for bulk samples administered by the American

Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), or an equivalent

nationally-recognized round robin testing program.

(iii) The employer and/or building/vessel owner may

demonstrate that flooring material including associated mastic and backing does not contain asbestos, by

a determination of an industrial hygienist based upon

recognized analytical techniques showing that the

material is not ACM.

(6) At the entrance to mechanical rooms/areas in which

employees reasonably can be expected to enter and which

contain ACM and/or PACM, the building/vessel owner shall

post signs which identify the material which is present, its

location, and appropriate work practices which, if followed,

will ensure that ACM and/or PACM will not be disturbed.

The employer shall ensure, to the extent feasible, that

employees who come in contact with these signs can comprehend them. Means to ensure employee comprehension may

include the use of foreign languages, pictographs, graphics,

and awareness training.

(7) Signs.

(i) Warning signs that demarcate the regulated area shall

be provided and displayed at each location where a

regulated area is required to be established by

paragraph (e) of this section. Signs shall be posted at

such a distance from such a location that an employee

may read the signs and take necessary protective steps

before entering the area marked by the signs.

(ii)(A) The warning signs required by paragraph (k)(7)

of this section shall bear the following information:

 DANGER

 ASBESTOS

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD

 AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

175
(B) In addition, where the use of respirators and protective

clothing is required in the regulated area under this section,

the warning signs shall include the following:

 RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTION CLOTHING

ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA

(iii) The employer shall ensure that employees

working in and contiguous to regulated areas

comprehend the warning signs required to be posted

by paragraph (k)(7)(i) of this section. Means to

ensure employee comprehension may include the

use of foreign languages, pictographs and graphics.

(8) Labels.

(i) Labels shall be affixed to all products containing

asbestos and to all containers containing such

products, including waste containers. Where

feasible, installed asbestos products shall contain a

visible label.

(ii) Labels shall be printed in large, bold letters on a

contrasting background.

(iii) Labels shall be used in accordance with the

requirements of 29 CFR1910.1200(f) of OSHA’s

Hazard Communication standard, and shall contain

the following information:

DANGER

CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS

AVOID CREATING DUST

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD

(v) Labels shall contain a warning statement against

breathing asbestos fibers.

(vi) The provisions for labels required by paragraphs

(k)(8)(i) through (k)(8)(iii) of this section do not

apply where:

(A) Asbestos fibers have been modified by a bonding agent,

coating, binder, or other material, provided that the

manufacturer can demonstrate that, during any reasonably

foreseeable use, handling, storage, disposal, processing, or

transportation, no airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers

in excess of the permissible exposure limit and/or excursion

limit will be released, or

(B) Asbestos is present in a product in concentrations less

than 1.0 percent.

176
(vii) When a building/vessel owner or employer

identifies previously installed PACM and/or ACM,

labels or signs shall be affixed or posted so that

employees will be notified of what materials

contain PACM and/or ACM. The employer shall

attach such labels in areas where they will clearly

be noticed by employees who are likely to be

exposed, such as at the entrance to mechanical

room/areas. Signs required by paragraph (k)(6) of

this section may be posted in lieu of labels so long

as they contain information required for labelling.

The employer shall ensure, to the extet feasible, that

employees who come in contact with these signs or

labels can comprehend them. Means to ensure

employee comprehension may include the use of

foreign languages, pictographs, graphics, and

awareness training.

(9) Employee Information and Training.

 (i) The employer shall, at no cost to the employee,

institute a training program for all employees who

are likely to be exposed in excess of a PEL and for

all employees who perform Class I through IV

asbestos operations, and shall ensure their participation in the program.

 (ii)Training shall be provided prior to or at the time of

initial assignment and at least annually thereafter.

 (iii) Training for Class I operations and for Class II

operations that require the use of critical barriers (or

equivalent isolation methods) and/or negative

pressure enclosures under this section shall be the

equivalent in curriculum, training method and

length to the EPA Model Accreditation Plan (MAP)

asbestos abatement workers training (40 CFR part

763, subpart E, appendix C).

 (iv) Training for other Class II work.

 (A) For work with asbestos containing roofing materials,

flooring materials, siding materials, ceiling tiles, or transite

panels, training shall include at a minimum all the elements

included in paragraph (k)(9)(viii) of this section and in

addition, the specific work practices and engineering

controls set forth in paragraph (g) of this section which

specifically relate to that category. Such course shall

include “hands-on” training and shall take at least 8 hours.

177
(B) An employee who works with more than one of the

categories of material specified in paragraph (k)(9)(iv)(A)

of this section shall receive training in the work practices

applicable to each category of material that the employee

removes and each removal method that the employee uses.

(C) For Class II operations not involving the categories of

material specified in paragraph (k)(9)(iv)(A) of this section,

training shall be provided which shall include at a minimum all the elements included in paragraph (k)(9)(viii) of

this section and in addition, the specific work practices and

engineering controls set forth in paragraph (g) of this

section which specifically relate to the category of material

being removed, and shall include “hands-on”

training in the work practices applicable to each category of

material that the employee removes and each removal

method that the employee uses.

(v) Training for Class III employees shall be consistent with EPA requirements for training of local

education agency maintenance and custodial staff as

set forth at 40 CFR 763.92(a)(2). Such a course

shall also include “hands-on” training and shall take

at least 16 hours. Exception: For Class III operations for which the competent person determines

that the EPA curriculum does not adequately cover

the training needed to perform that activity, training

shall include as a minimum all the elements

included in paragraph (k)(9)(viii) of this section and

in addition, the specific work practices and engineering controls set forth in paragraph (g) of this

section which specifically relate to that activity, and

shall include “hands-on” training in the work

practices applicable to each category of material

that the employee disturbs.

(vi) Training for employees performing Class IV

operations shall be consistent with EPA requirements for training of local education agency

maintence and custodial staff as set forth at 40 CFR

763.92(a)(1). Such a course shall include available

information concerning the locations of thermal

system insulation and surfacing ACM/PACM, and

asbestos-containing flooring material, or flooring

material where the absence of asbestos has not yet

been certified; and instruction in recognition of

damage, deterioration, and delamination of asbestos

containing building materials. Such course shall

take at least 2 hours.

178
(vii) Training for employees who are likely to be

exposed in excess of the PEL and who are not

otherwise required to be trained under paragraph

(k)(9)(iii) through (vi) of this section, shall meet the

requirements of paragraph (k)(9)(viii) of this

section.

(viii) The training program shall be conducted in a

manner that the employee is able to understand. In

addition to the content required by provisions in

paragraphs (k)(9)(iii) through (vi) of this section,

the employer shall ensure that each such employee

is informed of the following:

(A) Methods of recognizing asbestos, including the

requirement in paragraph (k)(1) of this section to presume

that certain building materials contain asbestos;

(B) The health effects associated with asbestos exposure;

(C) The relationship between smoking and asbestos in

producing lung cancer;

(D) The nature of operations that could result in exposure

to asbestos, the importance of necessary protective controls

to minimize exposure including, as applicable, engineering

controls, work practices, respirators, housekeeping procedures, hygiene facilities, protective clothing, decontamination procedures, emergency procedures, and waste disposal

procedures, and any necessary instruction in the use of

these controls and procedures; where Class III and IV work

will be or is performed, the contents of EPA 20T-2003,

“Managing Asbestos In-Place” July 1990 or its equivalent

in content;

(E) The purpose, proper use, fitting instructions, and

limitations of respirators as required by 29 CFR 1910.134;

(F) The appropriate work practices for performing the

asbestos job;

(G) Medical surveillance program requirements;

(H) The content of this standard including appendices;

(I) The names, addresses and phone numbers of public

health organizations which provide information, materials

and/or conduct programs concerning smoking cessation.

The employer may distribute the list of such organizations

contained in Appendix J to this section, to comply with this

requirement; and

179
(J) The requirements for posting signs and affixing labels

and the meaning of the required legends for such signs and

labels.

(10) Access to training materials.

(i) The employer shall make readily available to

affected employees without cost, written materials

relating to the employee training program, including

a copy of this regulation.

(ii) The employer shall provide to the Assistant

Secretary and the Director, upon request, all

information and training materials relating to the

employee information and training program.

(iii) The employer shall inform all employees concerning the availability of self-help smoking

cessation program material. Upon employee

request, the employer shall distribute such material,

consisting of NIH Publication No, 89-1647, or

equivalent self-help material, which is approved or

published by a public health organization listed in

Appendix J to this section.

(l) Housekeeping.

(1) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming methods are selected,

HEPA filtered vacuuming equipment must be used. The

equipment shall be used and emptied in a manner that

minimizes the reentry of asbestos into the workplace.

(2) Waste disposal. Asbestos waste, scrap, debris, bags,

containers,equipment, and contaminated clothing consigned

for disposal shall be collected and disposed of in sealed,

labeled, impermeable bags or other closed, labeled,

impermeable containers, except in roofing operations,

where the procedures specified in paragraph (g)(8)(ii) of

this section apply.

(3) Care of asbestos-containing flooring/deck material.

(i) All vinyl and asphalt flooring/deck material shall

be maintained in accordance with this paragraph

unless the building/facility owner demonstrates,

pursuant to paragraph (g)(8)(i)(I) of this section,

that the flooring/deck does not contain asbestos.

(ii) Sanding of flooring/deck material is prohibited.

180
(iii) Stripping of finishes shall be conducted using low

abrasion pads at speeds lower than 300 rpm and wet

methods.

(iv) Burnishing or dry buffing may be performed only

on flooring/deck which has sufficient finish so that

the pad cannot contact the flooring/deck material.

(4) Waste and debris and accompanying dust in an area

containing accessible thermal system insulation or surfacing ACM/PACM or visibly deteriorated ACM:

(i) shall not be dusted or swept dry, or vacuumed

without using a HEPA filter;

(ii) shall be promptly cleaned up and disposed of in

leak tight containers.

(m) Medical surveillance

(1) General .

(i) Employees covered.

(A) The employer shall institute a medical surveillance

program for all employees who for a combined total of 30

or more days per year are engaged in Class I, II, and III

work or are exposed at or above a permissible exposure

limit. For purposes of this paragraph, any day in which a

worker engages in Class II or Class III operations or a

combination thereof on intact material for one hour or less

(taking into account the entire time spent on the removal

operation, including cleanup) and, while doing so, adheres

fully to the work practices specified in this standard, shall

not be counted.

(B) For employees otherwise required by this standard to

wear a negative pressure respirator, employers shall ensure

employees are physically able to perform the work and use

the equipment. This determination shall be made under the

supervision of a physician.

(ii) Examination.

(A) The employer shall ensure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the

supervision of a licensed physician, and are provided at no

cost to the employee and at a reasonable time and place.

(B) Persons other than such licensed physicians who

administer the pulmonary function testing required by this

181
section shall complete a training course in spirometry

sponsored by an appropriate academic or professional

institution.

(2) Medical examinations and consultations.

(i) Frequency. The employer shall make available

medical examinations and consultations to each

employee covered under paragraph (m)(1)(i) of this

section on the following schedules:

(A) Prior to assignment of the employee to an area where

negative-pressure respirators are worn;

(B) When the employee is assigned to an area where

exposure to asbestos may be at or above the permissible

exposure limit for 30 or more days per year, or engage in

Class I, II, or III work for a combined total of 30 or more

days per year, a medical examination must be given within

10 working days following the thirtieth day of exposure;

(C) And at least annually thereafter.

(D) If the examining physician determines that any of the

examinations should be provided more frequently than

specified, the employer shall provide such examinations to

affected employees at the frequencies specified by the

physician.

(E) Exception: No medical examination is required of any

employee if adequate records show that the employee has

been examined in accordance with this paragraph within

the past 1-year period.

(ii) Content. Medical examinations made available

pursuant to paragraphs (m)(2)(i)(A) through

(m)(2)(i)(C) of this section shall include:

(A) A medical and work history with special emphasis

directed to the pulmonary, cardiovascular, and

gastrointestinal systems.

(B) On initial examination, the standardized questionnaire

contained in Part 1 of Appendix D to this section and, on

annual examination, the abbreviated standardized questionnaire contained in Part 2 of Appendix D to this section.

(C) A physical examination directed to the pulmonary and

gastrointestinal systems, including a chest, x-ray to be

administered at the discretion of the physician, and pulmonary function tests of forced vital capacity (FVC) and

forced expiratory volume at one second (FEV(1).

182
 Interpretation and classification of chest roentgenogram

shall be conducted in accordance with Appendix E to this

section;

(D) Any other examinations or tests deemed necessary by

the examining physician.

(3) Information provided to the physician

 The employer shall provide the following information to

the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and Appendices D, E, and I

to this section;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as

they relate to the employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s representative exposure level or

anticipated exposure level;

(iv) A description of any personal protective and

respiratory equipment used or to be used; and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations

of the affected employee that is not otherwise

available to the examining physician.

(4) Physician’s written opinion.

(i) The employer shall obtain a written opinion from

the examining physician. This written opinion shall

contain the results of the medical examination and

shall include:

(A) The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has

any detected medical conditions that would place the

employee at an increased risk of material health impairment

from exposure to asbestos;

(B) Any recommended limitations on the employee or on

the use of personal protective equipment such as respirators;

(C) A statement that the employee has been informed by

the physician of the results of the medical examination and

of any medical conditions that may result from asbestos

exposure; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by

183
the physician of the increased risk of lung cancer attributable to the combined effect of smoking and asbestos

exposure.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to

reveal in the written opinion given to the employer

specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to

occupational exposure to asbestos.

(iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the

physician’s written opinion to the affected employee

within 30 days from its receipt.

(n) Recordkeeping.

(1) Objective data relied on pursuant to paragraph (f) of

this section.

(i) Where the employer has relied on objective data

that demonstrates that products made from or

containing asbestos or the activity involving such

products or material are not capable of releasing

fibers of asbestos in concentrations at or above the

permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit

under the expected conditions of processing, use, or

handling to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (f)

of this section, the employer shall establish and

maintain an accurate record of objective data

reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.

(ii) The record shall include at least the following

information:

(A) The product qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data;

(C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis

of the material for the release of asbestos;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the

data support the exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials,

processing, or employee exposures covered by the

exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the

duration of the employer’s reliance upon such

objective data.

184
(2) Exposure measurements.

(i) The employer shall keep an accurate record of all

measurements taken to monitor employee exposure

to asbestos as prescribed in paragraph (f) of this

section. Note: The employer may utilize the

services of qualified organizations such as industry

trade associations and employee associations to

maintain the records required by this section.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following

information:

(A) The date of measurement;

(B) The operation involving exposure to asbestos that is

being monitored;

(C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of

their accuracy;

(D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;

(E) Type of protective devices worn, if any; and

(F) Name, social security number, and exposure of the

employees whose exposures are represented.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at

least 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(3) Medical surveillance.

(i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record for each employee subject to

medical surveillance by paragraph (m) of this

section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) The record shall include at least the following

information:

(A) The name and social security number of the employee;

(B) A copy of the employee’s medical examination results,

including the medical history, questionnaire responses,

results of any tests, and physician’s recommendations.

(C) Physician’s written opinions;

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure

to asbestos; and

185
(E) A copy of the information provided to the physician as

required by paragraph (m) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that this record is

maintained for the duration of employment plus 30

years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(4) Training records. The employer shall maintain all

employee training records for 1 year beyond the last date of

employment by that employer.

(5) Data to Rebut PACM.

(i) Where the building owner and employer have

relied on data to demonstrate that PACM is not

asbestos-containing, such data shall be maintained

for as long as they are relied upon to rebut the

presumption.

(6) Records of Required Notification

(i) Where the building/vessel owner has communicated and received information concerning the

identity, location and quantity of ACM and PACM,

written records of such notifications and their

content shall be maintained by the owner for the

duration of ownership and shall be transferred to

successive owners of such buildings/facilities/

vessels.

(7) Availability

(i) The employer, upon written request, shall make all

records required to be maintained by this section

available to the Assistant Secretary and the Director

for examination and copying.

(ii) The employer, upon request, shall make any

exposure records required by paragraphs (f) and (n)

of this section available for examination and

copying to affected employees, former employees,

designated representatives, and the Assistant

Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20(a)

through (e) and (g) through (i).

(iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee

medical records required by paragraphs (m) and (n)

of this section available for examination and

copying to the subject employee, anyone having the

specific written consent of the subject employee,

and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.20.

186
(8) Transfer of records.

(i) The employer shall comply with the requirements

concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR

1910.20 (h).

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and

there is no successor employer to receive and retain

the records for the prescribed period, the employer

shall notify the Director at least 90 days prior to

disposal and, upon request, transmit them to the

Director.

(o) Qualified person

(1) General. On all shipyard worksites covered by this

standard, the employer shall designate a qualified person,

having the qualifications and authorities for ensuring

worker safety and health required by Subpart C, General

Safety and Health Provisions for Construction (29 CFR

1926.20 through 1926.32).

(2) Required Inspections by the Qualified Person. Sec.

1926.20(b)(2) which requires health and safety prevention

programs to provide for frequent and regular inspections of

the job sites, materials, and equipment to be made by

qualified persons, is incorporated.

(3) Additional Inspections. In addition, the qualified person

shall make frequent and regular inspections of the job sites,

in order to perform the duties set out in paragraph (o)(3)(i)

of this section. For Class I jobs, on-site inspections shall be

made at least once during each work shift, and at any time

at employee request. For Class II, III and IV jobs, on-site

inspections shall be made at intervals sufficient to assess

whether conditions have changed, and at any reasonable

time at employee request.

(i) On all worksites where employees are engaged in

Class I or II asbestos work, the qualified person

designated in accordance with paragraph (e)(6) of

this section shall perform or supervise the following

duties, as applicable:

(A) Set up the regulated area, enclosure, or other

containment;

(B) Ensure (by on-site inspection) the integrity of the

enclosure or containment;

(C) Set up procedures to control entry to and exit from the

enclosure and/or area;

187
(D) Supervise all employee exposure monitoring required

by this section and ensure that it is conducted as required

by paragraph (f) of this section;

(E) Ensure that employees working within the enclosure

and/or using glove bags wear respirators and protective

clothing as required by paragraphs (h) and (i) of this

section;

(F) Ensure through on-site supervision, that employees set

up, use and remove engineering controls, use work practices and personal protective equipment in compliance

with all requirements;

(G) Ensure that employees use the hygiene facilities and

observe the decontamination procedures specified in

paragraph (j) of this section;

(H) Ensure that through on-site inspection, engineering

controls are functioning properly and employees are using

proper work practices; and

(I) Ensure that notification requirements in paragraph (k) of

this section are met.

(4) Training for the competent person.

(i) For Class I and II asbestos work the qualified

person shall be trained in all aspects of asbestos

removal and handling, including: Abatement,

installation, removal and handling; the contents of

this standard; the identification of asbestos;

removal procedures, where appropriate; and other

practices for reducing the hazard. Such training

shall be obtained in a comprehensive course for

supervisors, that meets the criteria of EPA’s Model

Accredited Plan (40 CFR part 763, subpart E,

Appendix C), such as a course conducted by an

EPA-approved or state-approved training provider,

certified by EPA or a state, or a course equivalent

in stringency, content, and length.

(ii) For Class III and IV asbestos work, the qualified

person shall be trained in aspects of asbestos

handling appropriate for the nature of the work, to

include procedures for setting up glove bags and

mini-enclosures, practices for reducing asbestos

exposures, use of wet methods, the contents of this

standard, and the identification of asbestos. Such

training shall include successful completion of a

188
course that is consistent with EPA requirements for

training of local education agency maintenance and

custodial staff as set forth at 40 CFR 763.92(a)(2),

or its equivalent in stringency, content, and length.

Qualified persons for Class III and Class IV work

may also be trained pursuant to the requirements of

paragraph (o)(4)(i) of this section.

(p) Appendices

(1) Appendices A, C, D, and E to this section are incorporated as part of this section and the contents of these

appendices are mandatory. See 29 CFR Part 1915.

(2) Appendices B, F, H, I, J, and K to this section are

informational and are not intended to create any additional

obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any

existing obligations. See 29 CFR Part 1915.

1915.1002 - Coal Tar Pitch Volatiles: Interpretation of

Term

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1002 of this chapter.

1915.1003 - 13 Carcinogens (4-Nitrobiphenyl, etc.)

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

1915.1004 - Alpha - Naphthylamine

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

1915.1006 - Methyl Chloromethyl Ether

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

1915.1007 - 3,3' - Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts)

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

189
1915.1008 - Bis-chloromethyl Ether

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

1915.1009 - Beta-Naphthylamine

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

1915.1010 - Benzidine

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

1915.1011 - 4-Aminodiphenyl

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

1915.1012 - Ethyleneimine

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

1915.1013 - Beta-Propiolactone

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

1915.1014 - 2-Acetylaminofluorene

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

1915.1015 - 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

190
1915.1016 - N-Nitrosodimethylamine

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1003 of this chapter.

1915.1017 - Vinyl Chloride

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1017 of this chapter.

1915.1018 - Inorganic Arsenic

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1018 of this chapter.

1915.1020 - Access to Employee Exposure and Medical

Records

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1020 of this chapter.

1915.1025 - Lead

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1025 of this chapter.

1915.1027 - Cadmium

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1027 of this chapter.

1915.1028 - Benzene

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1028 of this chapter.

1915.1030 - Bloodborne Pathogens

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1030 of this chapter.

191
1915.1044 -1,2-Dibromo-3-Chloropropane

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1044 of this chapter.

1915.1045 - Acrylonitrile

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1045 of this chapter.

1915.1047 - Ethylene Oxide

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1047 of this chapter.

1915.1048 - Formaldehyde

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1048 of this chapter.

1915.1050 - Methylenedianiline

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1050 of this chapter.

1915.1052 - Methylene Chloride

The requirements applicable to shipyard employment under

this section are identical to those set forth at 29 CFR

1910.1052.

1915.1200 - Hazard Communication

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1200 of this chapter.

1915.1450 - Occupational Exposure to Hazardous

Chemicals in Laboratories

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard employment

under this section are identical to those set forth at

1910.1450 of this chapter.

192
193

Other Sources of OSHA Assistance

Safety and Health Program Management Assistance

Effective management of worker safety and health

protection is a decisive factor in reducing the extent

and severity of work-related injuries and illnesses and

their related costs. To assist employers and employees

in developing effective safety and health programs,

OSHA published recommended Safety and Health Program Management Guidelines (Federal Register

54(18):3908-3916, January 26, 1989). These voluntary

guidelines apply to all places of employment covered by

OSHA.

The guidelines identify four general elements that are

critical to the development of a successful safety and

health management program:

• management commitment and employee involvement,

• worksite analysis,

• hazard prevention and control, and

• safety and health training.

The guidelines recommend specific actions under each

 of these general elements to achieve an effective safety

 and health program. A single, free copy of the guidelines

 can be obtained from the U.S. Department of Labor,

OSHA/OICA Publications, P.O. Box 37535, Washington,

DC 20013-7535, by sending a self-addressed mailing label

with your request or by visiting OSHA’s Web site at

www.OSHA.gov.

State Programs

The OSH Act of 1970 encourages states to develop and

operate their own job safety and health plans. States

administering occupational safety and health programs

through plans approved under section 18(b) of the Act must

adopt standards and enforce requirements that are “at least

as effective” as federal requirements. There are currently 25

State Plan states: 23 cover the private and public sector

(state and local governments) and 2 cover the public sector

only. For more information on state plans, see the list of

states with approved plans at the end of this publication.
Free Onsite Consultation

Consultation assistance is available on request to employers

who want help in establishing and maintaining a safe and

healthful workplace. Largely funded by OSHA, the service

is provided at no cost to the employer. Primarily developed

for small employers with more hazardous operations, the

consultation service is delivered by state government

agencies or universities employing professional safety

consultants and health consultants. Comprehensive assistance includes an appraisal of all work practices and

environmental hazards of the workplace and all aspects of

the employer’s present job safety and health program.

The program is separate from OSHA’s inspection efforts.

No penalties are proposed or citations issued for any safety

or health problems identified by the consultant. The service

is confidential.

 For more information concerning consultation assistance,

see the list of consultation projects at the end of this

publication and visit OSHA’s Web site.

Voluntary Protection Programs (VPPs)

Voluntary protection programs (VPPs) and onsite consultation services when coupled with an effective enforcement

program, expand worker protection to help meet the goals

of the Act. The three VPPs—Star, Merit, and Demonstration— are designed to recognize outstanding achievement

by companies that have successfully incorporated comprehensive safety and health programs into their total management system. They motivate others to achieve excellent

safety and health results in the same outstanding way and

they establish a cooperative relationship among employers,

employees, and OSHA.

For additional information on VPPs and how to apply,

contact the OSHA national, regional, or area offices listed

at the end of this publication.

Training and Education

OSHA’s area offices offer a variety of informations services

such as publications, audiovisual aids, technical advice and

speakers for special engagements. The OSHA Training

Institute in Des Plaines, IL, provides basic and advanced

courses in safety and health for federal and state compliance officers, state consultants, federal agency personnel,

and private sector employers, employees, and their

representatives.

194
195

OSHA also provides funds to nonprofit organizations,

through grants, to conduct workplace training and education in subjects where OSHA believes there is a lack of

workplace training. Grants are awarded annually and grant

recipients are expected to contribute 20 percent of the toal

grant cost.

For more information on grants, training, and education,

contact the OSHA Training Institute, Office of Training and

Education, 1555 Times Drive, Des Plaines, Il 60018, (847)

297-4810. For further information on any OSHA program,

contact your nearest OSHA area or regional office listed at

the end of this publication.

Electronic Information

Internet—OSHA standards, interpretations, directives,

technical advisors, compliance assistance, and additional

information are now on the World Wide Web at

http:\\www.osha.gov.

CD-ROM—A wide variety of OSHA materials, including

standards, interpretations, directives, and more, can be

purchased on CD-ROM from the U.S. Government Printing

Office. To order write to the Superintendent of Documents,

P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954 or telephone

(202) 512-1800. Specify OSHA Regulations, Documents,

and Technical Information on CD-ROM (ORDT),

GPO Order No. S/N 729-013-00000-5. The price is $43 per

year ($53.75 foreign); $17 per single copy ($21.25 foreign).

Emergencies

 For life-threatening situations only, call (800) 321-OSHA.

Complaints will go immediately to the nearest OSHA area

or state office for help.

For further information on any OSHA program, contact

your nearest OSHA area or regional office listed at the end

of this publication.
196

States with Approved Plans

Commissioner

Alaska Department of Labor

1111 West 8th Street

Room 306

Juneau, AK 99801

(907) 465-2700

Director

Industrial Commission

 of Arizona

800 W. Washington

Phoenix, AZ 85007

(602) 542-5795

Director

California Department

 of Industrial Relations

45 Fremont Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 972-8835

Commissioner

Connecticut Department

 of Labor

200 Folly Brook Boulevard

Wethersfield, CT 06109

(860) 566-5123

Director

Hawaii Department of Labor

 and Industrial Relations

830 Punchbowl Street

Honolulu, HI 96813

(808) 586-8844

Commissioner

Indiana Department of Labor

State Office Building

402 West Washington Street

Room W195

Indianapolis, IN 46204

(317) 232-2378

Commissioner

Iowa Division of Labor Services

1000 E. Grand Avenue

Des Moines, IA 50319

(515) 281-3447
197

Secretary

Kentucky Labor Cabinet

1047 U.S. Highway,

 127 South, Suite 2

Frankfort, KY 40601

(502) 564-3070

Commissioner

Maryland Division of Labor

 and Industry

Department of Labor

 Licensing and Regulation

1100 N. Eutaw Street,

Room 613

Baltimore, MD 21201-2206

(410) 767-2215

Director

Michigan Department

 of Consumer and Industry Services

4th Floor, Law Building

P.O. Box 30004

Lansing, MI 48909

(517) 373-7230

Commissioner

Minnesota Department

 of Labor and Industry

443 Lafayette Road

St. Paul, MN 55155

(612) 296-2342

Administrator

Nevada Division of Industrial

 Relations

400 West King Street

Carson City, NV 89710

(702) 687-3032

Secretary

New Mexico Environment

 Department

1190 St. Francis Drive

P.O. Box 26110

Santa Fe, NM 87502

(505) 827-2850
198

Commissioner

New York Department

 of Labor

W. Averell Harriman State Office Building - 12,

 Room 500

Albany, NY 12240

(518) 457-2741

Commissioner

North Carolina Department

 of Labor

319 Chapanoke Road

Raleigh, NC 27603

(919) 662-4585

Administrator

Department of Consumer

 & Business Services

Occupational Safety

 and Health Division

(OR-OSHA)

350 Winter Street, NE,

 Room 430

Salem, OR 97310-0220

(503) 378-3272

Secretary

Puerto Rico Department

 of Labor and Human

 Resources

Prudencio Rivera Martinez Building

505 Munoz Rivera Avenue

Hato Rey, PR 00918

(809) 754-2119

Director

South Carolina Department

 of Labor Licensing

 and Regulation

Koger Office Park, Kingstree Building

110 Centerview Drive

P.O. Box 11329

Columbia, SC 29210

(803) 896-4300
199

Commissioner

Tennessee Department

 of Labor

Attention: Robert Taylor

710 James Robertson

 Parkway

Nashville, TN 37243-0659

(615) 741-2582

Commissioner

Industrial Commission

 of Utah

160 East 300 South, 3rd Floor

P.O. Box 146650

Salt Lake City, UT

 84114-6650

(801) 530-6898

Commissioner

Vermont Department of Labor

 and Industry

National Life Building -

 Drawer 20

120 State Street

Montpelier, VT 05620

(802) 828-2288

Commissioner

Virginia Department of Labor

 and Industry

Powers-Taylor Building

13 South 13th Street

Richmond, VA 23219

(804) 786-2377

Commissioner

Virgin Islands Department

 of Labor

2131 Hospital Street, Box 890

Christiansted

St. Croix, VI 00820-4666

(809) 773-1994

Director

Washington Department

 of Labor and Industries

General Administrative

 Building

P.O. Box 44001

Olympia, WA 98504-4001

(360) 902-4200
200

Administrator

Worker’s Safety

 and Compensation Division

 (WSC)

Wyoming Department

 of Employment

Herschler Building, 2nd Floor East 122 West 25th Street

Cheyenne, WY 82002

(307) 777-7786
201

State Telephone

Alabama .......................................................(205) 348-7136

Alaska ..........................................................(907) 269-4957

Arizona ........................................................(602) 542-5795

Arkansas ......................................................(501) 682-4522

California .....................................................(415) 982-8515

Colorado ......................................................(970) 491-6151

Connecticut ..................................................(860) 566-4550

Delaware ......................................................(302) 761-8219

District of Columbia ....................................(202) 576-6339

Florida..........................................................(904) 488-3044

Georgia ........................................................(404) 894-2646

Guam .................................................... 011 (671) 475-0136

Hawaii..........................................................(808) 586-9100

Idaho ............................................................(208) 385-3283

Illinois ..........................................................(312) 814-2337

Indiana .........................................................(317) 232-2688

Iowa .............................................................(515) 281-5352

Kansas..........................................................(913) 296-7476

Kentucky......................................................(502) 564-6895

Louisiana .....................................................(504) 342-9601

Maine ...........................................................(207) 624-6460

Maryland......................................................(410) 333-4210

Massachusetts ..............................................(617) 727-3982

Michigan ................................................ (517) 332-8250(H)

................................................................ (517) 322-1809(S)

Minnesota ....................................................(612) 297-2393

Mississippi ...................................................(601) 987-3981

Missouri .......................................................(573) 751-3403

Montana .......................................................(406) 444-6418

Nebraska ......................................................(402) 471-4717

Nevada .........................................................(702) 486-5016

New Hampshire ...........................................(603) 271-2024

New Jersey...................................................(609) 292-2424

New Mexico ................................................(505) 827-4230

New York .....................................................(518) 457-2481

North Carolina .............................................(919) 662-4644

North Dakota ...............................................(701) 328-5188

Ohio .............................................................(614) 644-2246

Oklahoma ....................................................(405) 528-1500

Oregon .........................................................(503) 378-3272

Pennsylvania ................................................(412) 357-2561

Puerto Rico ..................................................(809) 754-2188

Rhode Island ................................................(401) 277-2438

South Carolina .............................................(803) 734-9614

South Dakota ...............................................(605) 688-4101

Tennessee .....................................................(615) 741-7036

Texas ............................................................(512) 440-3834

Utah .............................................................(801) 530-6868

OSHA Consultation Project Directory
202

Vermont .......................................................(802) 828-2765

Virginia ........................................................(804) 786-6359

Virgin Islands ...............................................(809) 772-1315

Washington ..................................................(360) 902-5638

West Virginia ...............................................(304) 558-7890

Wisconsin .............................................. (608) 266-8579(H)

................................................................ (414) 521-5063(S)

Wyoming .....................................................(307) 777-7700

(H) Health

(S) Safety
OSHA Area Offices

203

Area Telephone

Albany, NY ..................................................(518) 464-6742

Albuquerque, NM ........................................(505) 248-5302

Allentown, PA .............................................(610) 776-0592

Anchorage, AK ............................................(907) 271-5152

Appleton, WI ...............................................(414) 734-4521

Austin, TX ...................................................(512) 916-5783

Avenel, NJ ...................................................(908) 750-3270

Baltimore, MD .............................................(410) 962-2840

Bangor, ME .................................................(207) 941-8177

Baton Rouge, LA .........................................(504) 389-0474

Bayside, NY ................................................(718) 279-9060

Bellevue, WA ...............................................(206) 553-7520

Billings, MT ................................................(406) 247-7494

Birmingham, AL ..........................................(205) 731-1534

Bismarck, ND ..............................................(701) 250-4521

Boise, ID ......................................................(208) 334-1867

Bowmansville, NY ......................................(716) 684-3891

Braintree, MA ..............................................(617) 565-6924

Bridgeport, CT .............................................(203) 579-5581

Calumet City, IL ..........................................(708) 891-3800

Carson City, NV ..........................................(702) 885-6963

Charleston, WV ...........................................(304) 347-5937

Cincinnati, OH .............................................(513) 841-4132

Cleveland, OH .............................................(216) 522-3818

Columbia, SC ..............................................(803) 765-5904

Columbus, OH .............................................(614) 469-5582

Concord, NH................................................(603) 225-1629

Corpus Christi, TX ......................................(512) 888-3420

Dallas, TX ....................................................(214) 320-2400

Denver, CO ..................................................(303) 844-5285

Des Plaines, IL.............................................(847) 803-4800

Des Moines, IA ............................................(515) 284-4794

Englewood, CO ...........................................(303) 843-4500

Erie, PA ........................................................(814) 833-5758

Fort Lauderdale, FL .....................................(305) 424-0242

Fort Worth, TX ............................................(817) 581-7303

Frankfort, KY ..............................................(502) 227-7024

Harrisburg, PA .............................................(717) 782-3902

Hartford, CT ................................................(203) 240-3152

Hasbrouck Heights, NJ ................................(201) 288-1700

Guaynabo, PR ..............................................(787) 277-1560

Honolulu, HI ................................................(808) 541-2685

Houston, TX ................................................(713) 286-0583

Houston, TX ................................................(713) 591-2438

Indianapolis, IN ...........................................(317) 226-7290

Jackson, MS .................................................(601) 965-4606

Jacksonville, FL ...........................................(904) 232-2895

Kansas City, MO .........................................(816) 483-9531

Lansing, MI .................................................(517) 377-1892
204

Little Rock, AR ............................................(501) 324-6291

Lubbock, TX ................................................(806) 743-7681

Madison, WI ................................................(608) 264-5388

Marlton, NJ ..................................................(609) 757-5181

Methuen, MA .............................................. (617) 565-8110

Milwaukee, WI ............................................(414) 297-3315

Minneapolis, MN .........................................(612) 664-5460

Mobile, AL ..................................................(334) 441-6131

Nashville, TN...............................................(615) 781-5423

New York, NY .............................................(212) 466-2482

Norfolk, VA .................................................(804) 441-3820

North Aurora, IL ..........................................(630) 896-8700

Oklahoma City, OK .................................... (405) 23105351

Omaha, NE ..................................................(402) 221-3182

Parsippany, NJ .............................................(201) 263-1003

Peoria, IL .....................................................(309) 671-7033

Philadelphia, PA ..........................................(215) 597-4955

Phoenix, AZ .................................................(602) 640-2007

Pittsburgh, PA ..............................................(412) 644-2903

Portland, OR ................................................(503) 326-2251

Providence, RI .............................................(401) 528-4669

Raleigh, NC .................................................(919) 856-4770

Salt Lake City, UT .......................................(801) 524-5080

San Francisco, CA .......................................(415) 744-7120

Savannah, GA ..............................................(912) 652-4393

Smyrna, GA .................................................(404) 984-8700

Springfield, MA ...........................................(413) 785-0123

St. Louis, MO ..............................................(314) 425-4249

Syracuse, NY ...............................................(315) 451-0808

Tampa, FL .................................................... (813) 626-1177

Tarrytown, NY .............................................(914) 524-7510

Toledo, OH ..................................................(419) 259-7542

Tucker, GA ..................................................(770) 493-6644

Westbury, NY ..............................................(516) 334-3344

Wichita, KS .................................................(316) 269-6644

Wilkes-Barre, PA .........................................(717) 826-6538

Wilmington, DE ........................................... (302) 573-6115

Area Telephone
205

Region I

(CT,* MA, ME, NH, RI, VT*)

JKF Federal Building

Room E-340

Boston, MA 02203

Telephone: (617) 565-9860

Region II

(NJ, NY,* PR,* VI*)

201 Varick Street

Room 670

New York, NY 10014

Telephone: (212) 337-2378

Region III

(DC, DE, MD,*

 PA, VA,* WV)

Gateway Building, Suite 2100

3535 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Telephone: (215) 596-1201

Region IV

(AL, FL, GA, KY,* MS, NC,* SC,* TN*)

Atlanta Federal Center

61 Forsyth Street, SW,

Room 6T50

Atlanta, GA 30303

Telephone: (404) 562-2300

Region V

(IL, IN,*

 MI,* MN,* OH, WI)

230 South Dearborn Street

Room 3244

Chicago, IL 60604

Telephone: (312) 353-2220

Region VI

(AR, LA, NM,* OK, TX)

525 Griffin Street

Room 602

Dallas, TX 75202

Telephone: (214) 767-4731

Region VII

(IA,*

 KS, MO, NE)

City Center Square

1100 Main Street, Suite 800

Kansas City, MO 64105

Telephone: (816) 426-5861

OSHA REGIONAL Offices
206

Region VIII

(CO, MT, ND, SD, UT,*

 WY*)

1999 Broadway, Suite 1690

Denver, CO 80202-5716

Telephone: (303) 844-1600

Region IX

(American Samoa, AZ,* CA,* Guam, HI,* NV,* Trust

Territories of the Pacific)

71 Stevenson Street

Room 420

San Francisco, CA 94105

Telephone: (415) 975-4310

Region X

(AK,*

 ID, OR,* WA*)

1111 Third Avenue

Suite 715

Seattle, WA 98101-3212

Telephone: (206) 553-5930

*These states and territories operate their own OSHAapproved job safety and health programs (Connecticut and

New York plans cover public employees only). States with

approved programs must have a standard that is identical

to, or at least as effective as, the federal standard.